table of contents currents - knoll › document › 1352940421073 › knoll...portable shelf and...
Post on 07-Jun-2020
5 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
Table of Contents
Introduction Introduction to Currents >> 3Currents Textiles >> 6Currents Color Program >> 7Currents Legacy Finishes >> 8Introduction to Upstart >> 9Original Upstart Planning Examples >> 10Upstart Color Program >> 12Upstart Legacy Finishes >> 13
Service walls and components Service wall frames >> 14Fence frames >> 15Crown and raceway covers >> 16Structural base cover kits >> 17Access covers >> 19Wall ends and connectors >> 26Wall frame accessories >> 32Spine ends and connectors >> 34End Starters >> 36Panel system starters and T-ends >> 37Power, data and communications components for service walls >> 45
Screens and add-up panels Linkable screens >> 53Wall-connected screens >> 60Mobile screens >> 61Add-up panels >> 62Add up glass panels, for spine >> 65Add-up panel connectors and fillers >> 66Stackable add-up panels >> 68Stackable add-up connectors and fillers >> 72
Worksurfaces Worksurfaces, universal >> 77Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkable screens >> 83Cascade edge worksurfaces >> 89Worksurface supports >> 96
Floorstanding storage Pedestals >> 98Pedestal accessories >> 100Vertical storage cabinets >> 103
Service wall-mounted storage andlighting
Reuter overhead cabinet >> 105Reuter open overhead >> 106Reuter open shelf >> 107Reuter ganging bracket >> 108Overhead brackets >> 109T5 Task Light for Reuter Overhead Storage >> 110Portable shelf and counter surface >> 111Ambient lighting and awning >> 112
Desk, credenzas and worktables Desks >> 113Desks with service beam >> 121Basic credenzas >> 129Credenzas >> 132Credenzas with service beam >> 134Service beams for desks or credenzas >> 136Power, data and communications components for desks and credenzas >> 138Above-desk storage and lighting for desks and credenzas >> 142Privacy screens for desks and credenzas >> 143Desk and credenza accessories >> 146Worktables >> 147Power monument and components >> 150
Currents
PLC09061
Copyright � 2006 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 2/15/2006.
Upstart table desks and storage Upstart Tables >> 151Plannable Upstart Tables >> 155Accessories >> 164Upstart Privacy Screens >> 165Plannable Upstart Privacy Screens >> 166Upstart Storage >> 169
Alpha-Numeric Index >> 171
Selling Policy >> 178
KnollKey Lock Program >> 180
General Ordering Information >> 181
Currents
2
Introduction to Currents
Currents creates dynamic, advancedperformance work environments fromcoordinated, independent elements –service walls, plannable desks, mobilestorage – and existing Knoll officeproducts.
Currents workspaces may bespine-supported or freestanding, orplanned in combination withconventional panel systems.
Currents
3
Introduction to Currents
Currents service walls
Currents service walls form thestructural core and primary path ofservices distribution for a cluster ofworkstations. Currents service wallsmay also create borders for teamworkspaces, conference areas, orcorridors. Service walls are 5�thick, and are available in threeheights: 39� for seated visualaccess; 48� for seated privacy, themost versatile height for open planareas requiring some overheadstorage; and 64� for standingprivacy in executive or conferenceareas.
Service walls are composed offrames and covers. Frames includestuds on 12� centers, base racewaywith levelling glides, crown andbase. Frames may be specified with1�H compact crown or 4�H standardcrown. All studs have brackets tosupport covers at 5�, 21�, 30�, 39�,48� and 64� above the floor. Crownand raceway covers, structural basecovers from 5� to 21� above thefloor, and covers above 21� must bespecified separately.
Structural base covers enableperpendicular panels, worksurfacesupports, or outriggers to beattached at any point. Structuralbase covers may be painted steel,perforated, or upholstered.
Wall covers above 21� snap intowall frame brackets at 12� intervals,and are removable without tools.Covers may be painted,upholstered, acoustical/tackableupholstered, cable tray, slatwall,or marker surface.
Currents walls plan in anycombination of 48�, 60� or 72�widths corresponding to the totallength of wall required. Addstabilizer end cabinet, outriggers,T-end and L-end panels, or 90° or120° post connections at each endof service wall spine. Straightconnectors are included with eachframe kit to join frames of the sameheight in a straight line. High-lowstraight connectors are availableseparately. Service wall spinesrequire outriggers or perpendicularsystems panels every 8�.
Power components are specifiedseparately. Knoll universal 2+2 or3+3 power components may beinstalled in the base of the wall orat worksurface height. Base powerrails accept two duplex outlets oneach side of a panel at racewayheight. Desk-height outlet modulesaccept two duplex outlets on eachface above or below theworksurface. One or two modules(four duplex outlets each side) maybe located in any 12� wide studbay. Locate outlet modules andrelated 12�W outlet covers beforespecifying widths of adjacent panelcovers.
The interior of the wall between 21�and the crown offers unobstructed,1� deep, lay-in cabling on eachsurface. Vertical wire managementand excess cord capability isunobstructed21/2� x 10� between studs.
Service walls with standard 4�Hcrown enable upmounted shelvesand overhead storage cabinets,canopy lighting and awnings at anypoint on one or both sides.Translucent, perforated, upholsteredor frameless glass add-up panels fitinto a center channel anywherealong the crown for 12�, 21� or 28�of additional enclosure.
Stackable add-up panels are alsoavailable in translucent, perforated,upholstered, marker or glazedsurface. First up panels are 12�,21� or 28� high; next up stackingpanels are 16� high.
First up panels can be mounted onany 3� increment along service wallcrown, or correspond in width tolinkable screens.
Wall mounted components
Worksurface supports,perpendicular wall-connectedlinkable screens, and systemspanels may be connected to theCurrents wall at any point. Mobilescreens are also available, intranslucent fiberglass or upholsteredsurface.
Currents linkable screens, intranslucent, perforated, glazed,upholstered or marker surface,define workstations and extend theservice wall horizon. Linkablescreens connect in L, T, X, Y andV configurations and acceptstackable add-up panels. First uppanels are 16�, 25� or 32�H. Nextup panels are 16�H.
Currents worksurfaces are designedfor computer use as the primarywork activity. Deep corners areshaped for large monitors, andinclude wide keyboard/mouse areas.Straight worksurfaces feature softlycurved or flat fronts. Extendedcorners incorporate an adjacentwork area and a computer cornerinto a single, uninterrupted surface.Universal worksurfaces include asteel stiffener for high load capacityand cord management.
Service walls cantileverworksurfaces up to 24�D, or provideend support for any sizeworksurface. Support columns,independent C-legs, andfloorstanding pedestals are alsoavailable for worksurface support.Cantilevers are adjustable in 1�increments for 24�-34�Hworksurface. End support bracketsand C-legs are fixed height for28�H worksurface, or adjust for24�-34� worksurface height.
Service wall standard height 4�Hcrowns can upmount portable openshelves, task and ambient lighting,add-up panels, and awnings forlight control.
Service wall standard height 4�Hcrowns can upmount or downmountReuter overhead storage, openshelves, or Equity overhead at anypoint. Reuter storage and Equityoverheads can only bedownmounted from walls with 1�Hcompact crown. Brackets areavailable to downmount MorrisonOptions, Series 2 for Morrison,Dividends, Series for Dividends orEquity overhead cabinets from64�H service wall with eithercompact or standard crown.
Currents
4
Introduction to Currents
Currents desks and credenzas
Currents desks and credenzas arefreestanding furniture elementsoptimized for the high-mobility,computer-based office. Currentscorner desks and credenzas canwork together to form efficient,two-element workstations.
They are available in basic versionsfor use with Currents service wallsand screens, or equipped withservice beams to support privacyscreens, modular power distribution,and expanded data cabling. Deskand credenza beams can be linkedin powered clusters. Beam-mountedprivacy screens may be sharedback-to-back; both sides aretackable. Upholstered screenheights reach 39� or 48� horizons.9�H translucent windows can beadded to either height. Perforatedmetal screens to 30�H concealdesktop cables on open desks.
All desks include horizontal andvertical cable managers. Optionalservice beam may be powered withKnoll 2+2 or 3+3 modular powercomponents, and carries up to 50lay-in Category 5 cables. Datacabling can be protected byoptional data tray covers. Standardknockouts are provided at each endof the data tray for Knoll PDCModule data connector plates.
All Currents desks areheight-adjustable. Pin-set versionhas range of 24� to 30�H in 1�increments. Handcrank version letsthe user adjust continuously from24� to 34�H. Desks have C-legs forknee clearance, and haveinterchangeable rear casters orglides for easy mobility.
Desks are available in corner,extended corner, and curved-frontstraight shapes. Worksurfacecorners are eased to makealignment of mobile units lesscritical.
Desks, credenzas, and wall-mountedworksurfaces accept clamp-onworkshelves. Workshelves provideconvenient binder/book accessadjacent to computer displays.
Credenzas are integrated unitswhich provide the equivalent of oneor two pedestals, enclosed shelfstorage, and a worksurface top thatextends the usable desk top area. Acable storage area is provided atthe rear of the credenza cabinet,accessed by sliding the worksurfaceforward. Optional linkable servicebeam accepts privacy screens andextends the wireway capabilities.Credenzas accept clamp-onworkshelves or stanchion-mountedReuter overhead storage units.
Stanchions can be equipped withoutlet modules that link to adjacentdesks.
Currents Worktables
Currents mobile worktables extendthe worksurface area and provideflexible guest/conference spaces.Rounded corners enable informalplacement near other worksurfaces.All worktables are available withcasters or levelling glides.
Adjustable height worktables adjustfrom 24� to 30� high in 1�increments.
Currents Storage
Currents freestanding storagecomponents are designed formobility and space efficiency.
Pedestals are available mobile orfixed, with 2 files or combination 4�personal, 7� data, and 11� filedrawer fronts, fitting below standard28� worksurface height. Data/filemobile pedestals are low enough toroll under desks set lower than 28�.Mobile pedestals include top,casters and handle. Fixed pedestalsinclude 2� levelling glides.
Reuter vertical storage has arotating door, shelves and pull-outfile frames, and a wardrobe area.Reuter storage is 21� wide so opendoor fits within 24� planningfootprint.
Reuter vertical storage is available48�H, with painted or worksurfacetop, or 64�H with painted top only.
Currents
5
Currents TextilesKnollTextiles
Approved for wall covers, mobilescreens and privacy screens.
Fabric Group 10Bailey II (W359)Broadcloth (W288)Foundation (W351)Growth Spurt (W692)Newbury (W812)Symbolic Details (W693)Tailor Made (W133)Versatility (W432)
Fabric Group 15Belgrade (W256)Marche (W321)Regency/Fairfield (W210/B)
Fabric Group 20Banyan (W443)Bauhaus Block (W296)Boardwalk (W911)Clarity (W281)Criss Cross (W305)Devon (W809)Frequency (W340)Labyrinth (W352)Litchfield (W808)Melbourne (W228)Outback (W229)Playa (W422)Reflect (W884)Resolution (W280)Walkabout (W230)Weave Three (W298)
Fabric Group 30Basket Draft (W249)Elan (W444)Flow (W565)Harmony (W232)Micro (W465)Progression (W403)Progression Striae (W463)Promenade (W913)Raku Cloth (W566)Relay (W1020)Walls of Rain (W923)
Fabric Group 35Saxony Plus (S)
Fabric Group 40Analogy (K614)Bardo (W284)Boxstep (W325)Eurythmic (W268)Foil Rap (W535)Freefall (W922)Hard Rock (W1007)Metaphor (K612)Palladium (W1030)Sennit (W337)Spinoff Nuance (W319)
Fabric Group 45Backdrop (W302)Casual Elegance (W920)Digital Tape (W304)Dristi (K872) with backing onlyFast Forward (W301)
Fabric Group 50Glo (K757)Ingot (K531)Presto (K1000)Ricochet (K498)
Fabric Group 55Transition (W816)
Additional textiles are available onlinkable screens and stackableadd-up panels: see Morrison pricelist for approved fabrics.
Customer’s Own Material is subjectto an application and UL testing feeof $2500 per fabric. Fabricrequirements - application test, 10yards; UL test, 15 yards. COM isalso subject to extended leadtimes.COM panels are priced at Group 10plus cost of fabric.
Please consult your Knollrepresentative for fabrics availablefor pedestal seat cushions.
Currents
6
Currents Color ProgramCurrents Finishes
Core finishes
Specify Core finishes for all new customers
Core LegacyWall
covers
Wallends,trim,
bracketsand
outrig-gers
Storagefronts
Storagecases
Work-surfaces
andshelves
Currentsworksur-
faceedges
Currentsfor
Morrisonworksur-
faceedges
Pedes-tals andReuterOver-head
611 Beige Mist Metallic • • • • P2
118 Bright White • • • • • • P3
112 Brown • • • • P1
123 Brushed Grey •122 Brushed Sand •113 Dark Grey Y3 • • • • P1
128 Fog • •114 Folkstone Grey LA • • • • • • P1
111 Jet Black • • • • • • P1
124 Medium Cherry •115 Medium Grey Y2 • • • • P1
612 Medium Metallic Grey J • • • • P2
121 Micro Grey •129 Micro Sand •126 Natural Cherry •125 Natural Maple •119 Pumice F • •116 Sandstone • • • • P1
613 Silver 3 • • • • P3
117 Soft Grey E/M42 • • • • • • P1
813 Trim Grey 5 • •127 Walnut •
Maple Techgrain� V2 M 4 M
Cherry Techgrain� V2 R 6 R
Medium brown mahogany Techgrain� V2 I 7 I
Medium red mahogany Techgrain� V2 C 8 C
American cherry Techgrain� V2 P 9 P
Maple V3 K K K
American cherry V3 X X X
Medium red mahogany V3 Z Z Z
Default trim information:Trim Grey is the integral color for worksurface, desk, credenza and worktable top edge, mobile screens, linkable screen and add-up panel trim, privacy screenand window trim, pedestal pulls and awning brackets.Black: wall frames and drawers interior, wall, screen, storage glides and casters.Light grey: perforated add-up panels and ambient lightsTranslucent crystal: fiberglass surfaces for mobile screens, linkable screens and add-up panelsThe new Core finish 113 Dark Grey is not a match to the Currents Legacy finish NV. It is a match to the Dividends Legacy finish Y3.The new Core finish 115 Medium Grey is not a match to the Currents Legacy finish NJ. It is a match to the Dividends Legacy finish Y2.
Currents
7
Currents Legacy Finishes
Work-surfaces
Wall andStructural
Basecovers
CrownCovers
Crown end caps,connectors and
connector top caps,raceway covers,
worksurfacebrackets and
outriggers
Straight legs, C-legs, corner
legs, desk screenclamps,
window frames(textured only)
Storagefronts
StorageCases
Plastic Laminates Light Grey L
Pumice F
Winter grey V
Slate S
Snow B
Folkstone Grey U
Pearwood PA
Fiber E
Sand D
Medium Grey G
Soft grey M42
Wood GrainLaminates
Clear Maple CM
Veneer Group 2 Maple Techgrain® 4 M
Cherry Techgrain® 6 R
Medium brown mahoganyTechgrain®
7 I
Medium red mahoganyTechgrain®
8 C
American cherryTechgrain®
9 P
Veneer Group 3 Maple K K
American cherry X X
Medium red mahogany Z Z
Paint Group 2 Metallic Flint * 2 2 2 2 2 2
Light metallic grey * U U U U U U
Medium metallic grey * J J J J J J
Dark metallic grey * V V V V V V
Light metallic tan * W W W W W W
Metallic beige * H H H H H H
Soft Grey * E E E
Medium Grey (Slate) * Y2 Y2 Y2
Taupe * R R R
Aluminum A
Paint Group 3 Silver * 3 3 3 3 3 3
White * B B B B B B
Specify legacy finishes to match existing product only. Legacy finishes are not available for new customers.
Trim grey is the integral color for worksurface, desk, credenza and worktable top edge, mobile screen and add-up panel trim, privacy screen and window trim,pedestal pulls and awning bracketsTrim grey (5) and Black (N) are the contrasting integral colors for Currents worksurfaces for Morrison.Wall, screen and storage glides, glide cones and casters are integral color Black.Wall frames and pedestal drawer interiors are painted Black.Perforated add-up panels and ambient lights are painted Light greyFiberglass surfaces for mobile screens, linkable screens and add-up panels is Translucent crystalLinkable screen feet are painted Trim grey
Currents
8
Introduction to Upstart
Knoll Upstart is a collection of tables, screens,storage and services distribution components forcomputer-intensive, active, and open workenvironments.
Upstart plans as single-surface, L- or U-shapeworkstations, or freestanding worktables andstorage in combination with other systemsfurniture. Tables are available on casters or glidesand are adjustable in height.
Original Upstart tops have a plastic laminatesurface with a continuous T-mold edge. Thecorners of Original Upstart tops are rounded.Original Upstart legs are curved.
New Plannable Upstart tops have a plasticlaminate or Veneer surface with a T-mold edge onthe front and a thin edgeband on the sides andback. The corners of Plannable Upstart tops are90 degrees and allow two tables to meet at rightangles. Plannable Upstart legs are straight.
Complementary products include Currentsworkshelves, which clamp on to Upstart tables,mobile screens, linkable screens and service wall,monitor supports and desktop accessories. Consultthe Currents and KnollExtra price lists for productdetails and pricing.
ScreensUpstart screens mount to the back edge of OriginalUpstart tables to provide seated visual privacy at ahorizon of 39 or 48 inches. Upstart Screens areavailable in translucent or marker surface, andmay be combined with magnet rail.
Plannable Upstart tables use Morrison Networkupholstered screens, which are available in avariety of sizes.
StorageStorage includes the Upstart cart, for suspendedfiling and personal storage, and the Upstart tower,which houses binders as well as suspended filesand personal storage.
Accessories
Flat BracketBracket joins 2-legged table to another Upstarttable at same height.
Cable TrayCable tray adds on to worksurface stiffener tocontrol cable bundles and power strips (wherepermitted by code).
Pencil DrawerPencil drawer attaches to the underside of aworksurface at any location.
Important Note: Plannable Upstart straight legsmay not be used with Original Upstart tops dueto stability issues.
Primary and Secondary Worksurfaces
Original Upstart
Rectangular table desk/Return
Corner table desk, 120°
Extended Corner table desk
Y-shape table desk, M-shape table desk
Conference Worksurfaces
Original Upstart
Round, Half round table desk
Oval table desk
Wiper table desk, Tripod table
48 x 24 Original Upstart
221/4�
48�
New Plannable Upstart
Rectangular table desk/Return
Corner table desk, 90°
Extended Corner table desk
P-shape table desk
New Plannable Upstart
Half round table desk
48 x 24 Plannable Upstart
235/8�
48�
Upstart
9
Original Upstart Planning Examples
Basic stand-alone Y desk
• the core Upstart application• 30� x 72� nominal shown;
conference depth isapproximately 36�
Y desk with 42� round table
• conference table
Y desk with tripod table
• 30� x 72� Y desk, work shelf,and mobile pedestal
Dual-monitor M desk with tripod table
• 30� x 72� nominal M desk
Oval table with Y desk
• 36� x 66� oval table• 30� x 72� Y return
Rectangular table withbracketed return surface
• 72� x 76� approximatefootprint
• optional work shelf
Dual-monitor M deskworkstation
• 72� x 100� approximatefootprint
• optional work shelf• flat ends allow placement
along wall
Curved wiper with Y desk
• wiper 66� W• 30� x 72� Y return
Y and M back-to-back, with42� conference tables
Y desks back-to-back, withhalf-round shared table
• please note 1.75� setbackfrom the back edge ofeach top to module line,same as Currents desks.
Upstart
10
Original Upstart Planning Examples
Y desk with Upstart storage
• 72� x 96� footprint• 72� table with screen• cart and tower
Extended corner desk and adjacent worktable
• 72� x 96� footprint• 72� x 48� corner and 48� straight desks• cart and privacy screen
U-shape plannable desks
• 96� x 96� footprint• two 48� x 72� extended corners• cart and tower• 72� privacy screen
Extended corner desk and tower
• 72� x 72� footprint• 48� and 72� screens• cart and tower
Upstart 120� planning
• group of three 120° corners• 48� shared privacy screens• carts
Upstart work group
• 120° corners and shared worktable 48 x 24�• carts and towers• 48� privacy screens
Upstart
11
Upstart Color ProgramUpstart Finishes
Core finishes
Specify Core finishes for all new customers
Core Legacy
Tablelegs,
screenbrackets,magnet
rail
UpstartWork-
surfaces
Plan-nable
UpstartWork-
surfaces
UpstartWork-
surfaceedges
Plan-nable
UpstartWork-
surfaceedges Cart
Tower topand
bottomTowerdoor
611 Beige Mist Metallic • • •118 Bright White • • • • • • •112 Brown • • •123 Brushed Grey • •122 Brushed Sand • •113 Dark Grey Y3 • • •128 Fog • • • •114 Folkstone Grey LA • • • • • • •111 Jet Black • • • • • • •124 Medium Cherry • •115 Medium Grey Y2 • • •612 Medium Metallic Grey J • • •121 Micro Grey • •129 Micro Sand • •126 Natural Cherry • •125 Natural Maple • •119 Pumice F • • • •116 Sandstone • • •613 Silver 3 • • •117 Soft Grey E/M42 • • • • • • •813 Trim grey 5 • •127 Walnut • •
Translucent orange O •Translucent blue P •Frosty white W •Light grey (integral) U •Glider grey (integral) G1 •Maple Techgrain� V2 • M
Cherry Techgrain� V2 • R
Med. brown mahoganyTechgrain� V2 • I
Med. red mahogany Techgrain� V2 • C
American cherry Techgrain� V2 • P
Maple V3 K
American cherry V3 X
Medium red mahogany V3 Z
Default trim information:Trim Grey is the integral color for caster and glide leg levellers and screen cornersBlack: flat bracket, cable tray and castersLight grey: Cart pencil tray and dividerNatural anodized aluminum: Cart legs and Tower postsScreen available in Ribbed Polycarbonate or Marker surface
For Plannable Upstart Veneer Group 2, only black or trim grey edgebands can be specified.Translucent orange, Translucent blue, and Frosty white edgebands are not available for Plannable Upstart tables.
Upstart
12
Upstart Legacy Finishes
Specify Legacy Finishes for existing customers only. Legacy Finishes are not available for new customers.
Table legs,screen
brackets,magnet rail
Work-surfaces and
shelvesWork- surface
edges CartTower top and
bottom Tower doorB Snow •L Light grey • •E Fiber •V Winter grey •S Slate •F Pumice • •U Folkstone grey • •
M42 Soft grey • •D Sand • •
CM Clear Maple •PA Pearwood •
WM Warm Cherry •5 Trim grey •N Black •O Translucent orange •P Translucent blue •W Frosty white •N2 Flint • •NU Light grey • •NJ Medium grey • •NV Dark grey • •NW Light Tan • •NH Beige • •3 Silver • • •B White • • •2 Metallic flint •U Light metallic grey •J Medium metallic grey •V Dark metallic grey •H Metallic beige •W Light metallic tan •E Soft grey •M Maple Techgrain� •R Cherry Techgrain� •C Med. red mahogany Techgrain� •P American cherry Techgrain� •K Maple •X American cherry •Z Medium red mahogany •U Light grey (integral) •G1 Glider grey (integral) •
Default trim information:Trim Grey is the integral color for caster and glide leg levellers and screen cornersBlack: flat bracket, cable tray and castersLight grey: Cart pencil tray and dividerNatural anodized aluminum: Cart legs and Tower postsScreen available in Ribbed Polycarbonate or Marker surface
For Plannable Upstart Veneer Group 2, only black or trim grey edgebands can be specified.Translucent orange, Translucent blue, and Frosty white edgebands are not available for Plannable Upstart tables.
Upstart
13
Service wall frames
description type w d h pattern no. black
Wall frame, standard crown 39�H 48� 5� 43� APF1 3948 $414.60� 5� 43� APF1 3960 476.72� 5� 43� APF1 3972 590.
48�H 48� 5� 52� APF1 4848 456.60� 5� 52� APF1 4860 522.72� 5� 52� APF1 4872 651.
64�H 48� 5� 68� APF1 6448 543.60� 5� 68� APF1 6460 621.72� 5� 68� APF1 6472 777.
Wall frame, compact crown 39�H 48� 5� 40� APFA1 3948 331.60� 5� 40� APFA1 3960 381.72� 5� 40� APFA1 3972 471.
48�H 48� 5� 49� APFA1 4848 364.60� 5� 49� APFA1 4860 417.72� 5� 49� APFA1 4872 521.
64�H 48� 5� 65� APFA1 6448 435.60� 5� 65� APFA1 6460 496.72� 5� 65� APFA1 6472 621.
Order Code
Example: APF1 4860
APF1 Wall frame48 Height60 Width
Specification Information
Wall frame pattern numbers beginwith APF prefix.
Specify:Fifth position: height39 39�H48 48�H64 64�H
Seventh position: width48 48�W60 60�W72 72�W
All wall frames include 3� diameter,2� levelling glides and one set ofconnectors to adjacent frame or wallconnector. Frames are black paintedfinish.
Application Notes
Service wall frames are thestructural component of a Currentsspine. Specify frames in anycombination of widths to create theoverall wall length required.
Frames include vertical studs every12� on center, with cover mountingclips and cable manager inserts onboth sides. Frames also include 4�Hor 1� top crown with continuouschannel for add-up panels. Standardcrown frames include shapedcrowns for upmounting shelves andoverhead storage cabinets, canopylighting, or awnings at any point.Compact crown frames feature aslim profile crown withdownmounting capability only.
Crown is bored to accept stackableadd-up panels at 3� increments.
Wall frames include two levellingfeet with 2� travel, 12� from eachside edge.
The base of the wall accepts Knoll 2+ 2 or 3 + 3 raceway power rails,and allows cables to enter or exitanywhere between glides.
Specify crown covers, racewaycovers, structural base covers, andwall covers for each face of frame,and specify power componentsseparately.
Currents
14
Fence frames
description width depth height pattern number black
Fence frames (legs not included) 48� 5� 201/2� APF 1848 $411.60� 5� 201/2� APF 1860 491.72� 5� 201/2� APF 1872 590.
Leg with glide 23/4� 4� 181/2� AX1 LEG ( ) 58.
Stabilizer feet (set of 2) 21/2� 71/2� 41/2� AX1 FF ( ) 94.
Order Code
Example: APF 1872
APF Wall frame18 Height72 Width
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for legs andfeet.
Fence frames include four barrelconnectors, crown and bottom railcovers in trim grey. Frames must beenclosed with two rows of 9�HCurrents wall covers on each face.
Specify Currents power componentsseparately. Outlet modules mount atany point along the top row only.
Application Notes
Currents Fence providesindependent services distribution toa cluster of tables, desks orworkstations.
Installed Fence frames are 40�Hand include vertical studs withcover mounting clips and cablemanager inserts every 12�.
A continuous top channel acceptsCurrents crown top caps andsupports panes, add up panels orstackable add up panels 12� high.21�H stackable add up panels maybe used on Fence runs supported byperpendicular panels or linkablescreens.
Fence legs with glides mount 12�from each frame side edge under thefirst full vertical stud. Stabilizer feetmount on both faces of Fence legs.
For freestanding Fence runs, specifya leg with feet 12� from each runend plus a leg with feet for eachintermediate frame connection.Intermediate legs may be positionedon either side of the frameconnection.
Legs with feet 12� from each end ofconnected Fence frames can bereplaced by stabilizer end cabinetsor T-ends with panels or linkablescreens. Intermediate support mayalso be provided by legs without feetin combination with perpendicularpanels or linkable screens withFence panel starters.
Fence frames can end supportworksurfaces but cannot cantileverworksurfaces or upmounted storage.
Currents
15
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Crown and raceway covers
description type w d h pattern no. paint metal finish (A) list
Crown covers (pair) 48� 5� 4� APT 48 ( ) $26. $31.60� 5� 4� APT 60 ( ) 31. 35.72� 5� 4� APT 72 ( ) 35. 42.
Crown covers, compact (pair)integral color
48� 5� 1� APTA 48 ( ) 40.60� 5� 1� APTA 60 ( ) 48.72� 5� 1� APTA 72 ( ) 82.
Raceway covers (pair) no outlets 48� – 21/2� APR 480 ( ) 26.60� – 21/2� APR 600 ( ) 31.72� – 21/2� APR 720 ( ) 35.
outlets 48� – 21/2� APR 48 ( )( ) 31.60� – 21/2� APR 60 ( )( ) 35.72� – 21/2� APR 72 ( )( ) 42.
Crown top cap 24� 2� – APT C24 ( ) 8.24� 2� – APT1 C24 ( ) 8.36� 2� – APT C36 ( ) 12.36� 2� – APT1 C36 ( ) 12.48� 2� – APT C48 ( ) 20.48� 2� – APT1 C48 ( ) 20.60� 2� – APT C60 ( ) 23.60� 2� – APT1 C60 ( ) 23.72� 2� – APT C72 ( ) 27.72� 2� – APT1 C72 ( ) 27.
integral color only, plastic
Order Code
Example: APR 480 612
APR Raceway48 Width0 Outlet openings612 Finish
Specification Information
Wall crown pattern numbers beginwith APT-prefix, then frame width.
Specify:Sixth position: paint or metal finish
Raceway Covers begin with APR-prefix, then frame width.
Specify:Sixth position: outlet openings0 no outlets2 two outlets, each side (48�,
60� only)4 four outlets, each side6 six outlets (72�only), each
side
Seventh position:Raceway cover finish
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for compact crowncovers and crown top cap.
Crown top caps are optional fillersfor the crown where no add-uppanels are planned.
Crown top caps with prefix APT1are slightly taller than crown topcaps with prefix APT to better lineup with frameless glass add-uppanels.
Application Notes
Crown, raceway, and structural basecovers are required for every wallframe in corresponding widths.Covers are specified in pairs tocover both sides of a frame.
Raceway covers may be specifiedwith no openings (desk-heightraceway), two openings in thecenter, or four outlets at all possiblelocations in 48� or 60�W raceway.72�W raceway may have four outletopenings in the center or six in all,each side.
Raceway cover sets with outletopenings include black filler platesfor one cover only.
Currents
16
Structural base cover kitsnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no.smooth
solidtextured
solid perforatedtextured
perforated
Structural base covers (pair) non upholstered 48� 1� 16� APC AZ48 ( )( ) $197. $217. $279. $307.60� 1� 16� APC AZ60 ( )( ) 227. 252. 320. 354.72� 1� 16� APC AZ72 ( )( ) 259. 285. 362. 398.
Order Code
Example: APC AZ48 H 612
APC Wall coverAZ Attachment zone48 WidthH Perforated612 Finish
Specification Information
Structural base cover kit patternnumbers begin with APC AZ prefix,then cover width.
Specify:Eighth position:P paintedPT textured paintedH perforated paintedHT textured perforated painted
Ninth position: paint finish or fabricgroup
Specify paint finish for all covers.
Textured paint finishes for structuralbase covers only.
Application Notes
Crown, raceway, and structural basecovers are required for every wallframe in corresponding widths.Covers are specified in pairs tocover both sides of a frame.
Structural base covers bolt to eachside of the wall frame up to 21�H forstructure and continuousattachment capability.
Currents
17
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Structural base cover kitsupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Structural base covers (pair) upholstered 48� 1� 16� APC AZ48 F ( ) $283. $294. $304. $326. $334. $345. $356. $374. $396.60� 1� 16� APC AZ60 F ( ) 334. 345. 358. 382. 394. 405. 417. 438. 466.72� 1� 16� APC AZ72 F ( ) n/a 396. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: APC AZ48 F 10
APC Wall coverAZ Attachment zone48 WidthF Upholstered10 Fabric
Specification Information
Structural base cover kit patternnumbers begin with APC AZ prefix,then cover width.
Specify:Eighth position:F fabric
Ninth position: paint finish or fabricgroup
Fabric groups:Specify two-digit fabric groupnumber
Application Notes
Crown, raceway, and structural basecovers are required for every wallframe in corresponding widths.Covers are specified in pairs tocover both sides of a frame.
Structural base covers bolt to eachside of the wall frame up to 21�H forstructure and continuousattachment capability.
When ordering 60� wide or greaterwidth upholstered structural basecovers, please check the width ofthe fabric selected.
Currents
18
Access coversoutlets cover
description type w d h pattern no. black no finish smooth
Outlets cover 9�H cover 12� 1� 9� APC OC ( ) $22.
Hinged outlet flap (each) APC OCF 22.
Outlet fillers (Set of 10) AR OF 27.
Hardwire outlets cover 12� 9� APC HOC ( ) 34.
Hardwire outlet box, desk height quad 2� AR1 HOB 153.two quad 12� AR1 HOB2 202.
Order Code
Example: APC OC 612
APC Service wall coverOC Outlets cover612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify finish.
Application Notes
Locate outlets covers on wall framesbefore specifying other wall covers.
Outlets cover mounts between 21�and 30� (below standard deskheight), 30� - 39� (above deskheight) or 39� - 48� on service wallframe.
Outlets cover is 12� wide, andmounts anywhere on wall framebetween 21� and 48� above the floor.Outlets cover corresponds to powercomponents (specified separately)mounted on wall frame.
Outlets covers have four openingsfor power or PDC outlets. Specifyoutlet fillers for unused outletopenings in cover. Specify hingedoutlet flap to conceal power or dataoutlet plugs. Each flap covers twoopenings; two flaps conceal all fouropenings in outlets cover.
For hardwire power applications(required in City of Chicago) specifyhardwire outlets cover and hardwireoutlets box. Do not specify cabletray covers at same level ashardwire power.
Hardwire outlet box accepts twoDecora-style duplex outlets, andincludes mounting brackets for oneface of wall between 21� and 48�H.Two quad hardwire outlet boxaccepts four duplex outlets on oneface. Also specify hardwire outletscover, which has four outletopenings. Specify outlet fillers forany unused outlet openings.
Outlet boxes include openings topermit continuous lay-in wiring withWiremold� raceway. Electricalcontractor supplies infeed cable,Wiremold 2400�, and duplexoutlets. Outlet boxes can be plannedback to back, with distribution onone side of service wall. Wiremoldwill not fit behind cable tray covers.
Currents
19
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Access coverscable tray and slatwall covers
description w d h pattern no. smooth
9�H cable tray covers 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 C ( ) $59.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 C ( ) 71.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 C ( ) 81.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 C ( ) 106.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 C ( ) 134.72� 1� 9� APC 0972 C ( ) 163.
9�H cable tray exit cover 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 CX ( ) 116.
9�H slatwall covers 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 S ( ) 52.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 S ( ) 60.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 S ( ) 72.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 S ( ) 92.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 S ( ) 116.72� 1� 9� APC 0972 S ( ) 141.
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 C 612
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthC Surface type612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify finish.
Application Notes
Cable tray and slatwall coversprovide integral performancesurface on one or both sides of awall frame. Cable tray and slatwallmay be planned in combination withother painted or upholstered coversto enclose frames between 21�H and48�H.
Cable tray mounts from 21� - 30�only on any panel frame. Adjacenttrays form continuous, easilyaccessible cable management atworksurface or table height. Shortersegments provide local cablemanagement below outlet modules.Covers may span across a straightwall frame connection.
Bottom half of cable tray coverpermits cables to be managed onsurface of studs with one cableholder (55 CAT5 cables) or two clips(28 cables).
Cable tray exit cover permits powerjumpers and data/communicationcables to pass from wall to Currentsdesk service beam. Cable tray exitcover, 12�W only, has two openingswith sliding covers.
Slatwall supports KnollExtra tasklights, monitor arms, paper trays,file holders and other accessories.
Currents
20
Access coversmarker surface and painted steel covers
description type w d h pattern no. M smooth textured
9�H Marker surface covers 24� 1 9� APC 0924 M $34.36� 1 9� APC 0936 M 40.48� 1 9� APC 0948 M 46.60� 1 9� APC 0960 M 52.72� 1 9� APC 0972 M 57.
16�H Marker surface covers 48� 1 16� APC 1648 M 67.60� 1 16� APC 1660 M 80.72� 1 16� APC 1672 M 90.
9�H Painted steel covers smooth 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 P ( ) 26.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 P ( ) 31.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 P ( ) 35.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 P ( ) 42.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 P ( ) 47.72� 1� 9� APC 0972 P ( ) 53.
textured 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 PT ( ) 28.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 PT ( ) 34.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 PT ( ) 40.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 PT ( ) 46.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 PT ( ) 52.
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 P 117
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthP Surface type117 Finish
Specification Information
9�H covers plan at any 9�H level in39�, 48�, or 64� walls.
For active face of 39�H frame,specify two 9�H covers each side.
For active face of 48�H frame,specify three 9�H covers each side.
For active face of 64�H frame,specify three 9�H covers and one16�H cover each side.
Surface type:P PaintedPT Textured paintedM Marker
Specify smooth or textured paintedfinish for steel covers.
Application Notes
Marker surface covers are steel witha bright white dry-erase markerfinish.
Painted steel covers provide adurable wall-like surface in smoothor textured finish.
Service wall covers enclose framesbetween 21�H and the top crown.Covers may be specified in anycombination of widthscorresponding to the total walllength. Covers may span across astraight wall frame connection.
For active surfaces with accessto cables andpower/data/communications outlets,specify 9� and 16�H segmentedcovers as described in SpecificationInformation. Normally, 9� coverfrom 21� to 30� above floor is cabletray or painted steel, and highercovers are painted, marker,upholstered, tackable, or slatwallsurfaces.
Currents
21
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Access coversmarker surface and painted steel covers
description type w d h pattern no. M smooth textured
9�H Painted steel covers textured 72� 1� 9� APC 0972 PT ( ) $57.
16�H Painted steel covers smooth 48� 1� 16� APC 1648 P ( ) 61.60� 1� 16� APC 1660 P ( ) 74.72� 1� 16� APC 1672 P ( ) 82.
textured 48� 1� 16� APC 1648 PT ( ) 67.60� 1� 16� APC 1660 PT ( ) 80.72� 1� 16� APC 1672 PT ( ) 90.
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 P 117
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthP Surface type117 Finish
Specification Information
9�H covers plan at any 9�H level in39�, 48�, or 64� walls.
For active face of 39�H frame,specify two 9�H covers each side.
For active face of 48�H frame,specify three 9�H covers each side.
For active face of 64�H frame,specify three 9�H covers and one16�H cover each side.
Surface type:P PaintedPT Textured paintedM Marker
Specify smooth or textured paintedfinish for steel covers.
Application Notes
Marker surface covers are steel witha bright white dry-erase markerfinish.
Painted steel covers provide adurable wall-like surface in smoothor textured finish.
Service wall covers enclose framesbetween 21�H and the top crown.Covers may be specified in anycombination of widthscorresponding to the total walllength. Covers may span across astraight wall frame connection.
For active surfaces with accessto cables andpower/data/communications outlets,specify 9� and 16�H segmentedcovers as described in SpecificationInformation. Normally, 9� coverfrom 21� to 30� above floor is cabletray or painted steel, and highercovers are painted, marker,upholstered, tackable, or slatwallsurfaces.
Currents
22
Access coversupholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 55
9�H Wall covers 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 F ( ) $48. $48. $50. $53. $54. $55. $56. $60.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 F ( ) 59. 60. 62. 66. 69. 72. 75. 79.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 F ( ) 72. 74. 75. 80. 85. 87. 92. 100.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 F ( ) 78. 80. 84. 92. 98. 101. 105. 111.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 F ( ) 93. 98. 102. 109. 118. 123. 129. 136.72� 1� 9� APC 0972 F ( ) n/a 110. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
16�H Wall covers 36� 1� 16� APC 1636 F ( ) 105. 109. 112. 121. 129. 132. 137. 145.48� 1� 16� APC 1648 F ( ) 116. 123. 128. 137. 145. 151. 159. 168.60� 1� 16� APC 1660 F ( ) 139. 145. 153. 164. 175. 182. 192. 205.72� 1� 16� APC 1672 F ( ) n/a 165. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 F15
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthF Surface type15 Fabric group
Specification Information
For active face of 39�H frame,specify two 9�H covers.
For active face of 48�H frame,specify three 9�H covers.
For active face of 64�H frame,specify three 9�H covers and one16�H cover.
For full fabric surface between 5�and 21�, order upholsteredattachment zone cover.
Surface type:F Upholstered
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3040 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Upholstered service wall coversenclose frame between 21� and thetop crown.
Specify widths corresponding towall frame width, or in any 12�increment to accommodate 12�Woutlets covers or slatwall covers.Covers may span across a straightwall frame connection.
For active surfaces with access tocables andpower/data/communications outlets,specify 9� and 16�H segmentedcovers as described in SpecificationInformation. Normally, 9� coverfrom 21� to 30� above floor is cabletray or painted steel, and highercovers are painted, marker,upholstered, tackable, or slatwallsurfaces.
When ordering 60� or wider covers,please check width of fabricspecified.
Currents
23
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Access coverstackable upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 55
9�H Wall covers 12� 1� 9� APC 0912 A ( ) $96. $100. $103. $108. $115. $118. $124. $133.24� 1� 9� APC 0924 A ( ) 96. 100. 103. 108. 115. 118. 124. 133.36� 1� 9� APC 0936 A ( ) 96. 100. 103. 108. 115. 118. 124. 133.48� 1� 9� APC 0948 A ( ) 105. 109. 113. 123. 132. 136. 142. 152.60� 1� 9� APC 0960 A ( ) 125. 132. 137. 148. 159. 164. 173. 185.72� 1� 9� APC 0972 A ( ) n/a 150. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
16�H Wall covers 36� 1� 16� APC 1636 A ( ) 142. 148. 154. 162. 172. 177. 187. 197.48� 1� 16� APC 1648 A ( ) 158. 164. 171. 185. 197. 204. 214. 227.60� 1� 16� APC 1660 A ( ) 188. 197. 207. 223. 238. 248. 258. 277.72� 1� 16� APC 1672 A ( ) n/a 224. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
18�H Wall cover (replaces (2) 9�H) 36� 1� 18� APC 1836 A ( ) 170. 175. 181. 191. 202. 208. 219. 229.48� 1� 18� APC 1848 A ( ) 213. 219. 226. 238. 252. 258. 268. 285.60� 1� 18� APC 1860 A ( ) 255. 263. 270. 287. 302. 308. 318. 334.72� 1� 18� APC 1872 A ( ) n/a 297. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 A20
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthA Surface type20 Fabric group
Specification Information
For active face of 39�H frame,specify two 9�H covers. For passiveface (along corridor or wall) specifyone 18� cover.
For active face of 48�H frame,specify three 9�H covers or one 9�Hand one 18�H cover. For passiveface, specify 27�H cover.
For active face of 64�H frame,specify three 9�H covers and one16�H cover or one 9�H, one 18�H,and one 16�H cover. For passiveface, specify one 27� and one 16�Hcover.
For full fabric surface between 5�and 21�, order upholsteredattachment zone cover.
Surface type:A tackable upholstered
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3040 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Tackable upholstered service wallcovers enclose wall frames between21� and the top crown. Coversincorporate a tackable, acousticalcore in the same outward profile asother upholstered covers.
Specify widths corresponding towall frame width, or in any 12�increment to accommodate 12�Woutlets covers or slatwall covers.Covers may span across a straightwall frame connection.
For active surfaces with access tocables andpower/data/communications outlets,specify 9� and 16�H segmentedcovers as described in SpecificationInformation. Normally, 9� coverfrom 21� to 30� above floor is cabletray or painted steel, and highercovers are painted, marker,upholstered, tackable, or slatwallsurfaces.
For passive wall surfaces (corridorsor conference areas) specify 18�H or27�H covers in place of two or three9�H covers.
18�H covers may also be specifiedabove 9�H covers including outletscovers below desk height on 48� or64�H service walls.
Service wall with upholsteredtackable covers has been tested toNRC .40 and STC 22.
When ordering 60� or wider covers,please check width of fabricspecified.
Currents
24
Access coverstackable upholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 55
27�H Wall cover (replaces (3) 9�H) 36� 1� 27 APC 2736 A ( ) $255. $263. $270. $287. $302. $308. $318. $334.48� 1� 27� APC 2748 A ( ) 320. 329. 336. 356. 372. 382. 395. 411.60� 1� 27� APC 2760 A ( ) 386. 395. 398. 424. 443. 453. 466. 482.72� 1� 27� APC 2772 A ( ) n/a 448. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: APC 0948 A20
APC Service wall cover09 Height48 WidthA Surface type20 Fabric group
Specification Information
For active face of 39�H frame,specify two 9�H covers. For passiveface (along corridor or wall) specifyone 18� cover.
For active face of 48�H frame,specify three 9�H covers or one 9�Hand one 18�H cover. For passiveface, specify 27�H cover.
For active face of 64�H frame,specify three 9�H covers and one16�H cover or one 9�H, one 18�H,and one 16�H cover. For passiveface, specify one 27� and one 16�Hcover.
For full fabric surface between 5�and 21�, order upholsteredattachment zone cover.
Surface type:A tackable upholstered
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3040 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Tackable upholstered service wallcovers enclose wall frames between21� and the top crown. Coversincorporate a tackable, acousticalcore in the same outward profile asother upholstered covers.
Specify widths corresponding towall frame width, or in any 12�increment to accommodate 12�Woutlets covers or slatwall covers.Covers may span across a straightwall frame connection.
For active surfaces with access tocables andpower/data/communications outlets,specify 9� and 16�H segmentedcovers as described in SpecificationInformation. Normally, 9� coverfrom 21� to 30� above floor is cabletray or painted steel, and highercovers are painted, marker,upholstered, tackable, or slatwallsurfaces.
For passive wall surfaces (corridorsor conference areas) specify 18�H or27�H covers in place of two or three9�H covers.
18�H covers may also be specifiedabove 9�H covers including outletscovers below desk height on 48� or64�H service walls.
Service wall with upholsteredtackable covers has been tested toNRC .40 and STC 22.
When ordering 60� or wider covers,please check width of fabricspecified.
Currents
25
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Wall ends and connectors90° and 120° connectors
description w d h pattern no. paint
L connector, 90° 6� 6� 39� AX1 L39 ( )( ) $254.6� 6� 48� AX1 L48 ( )( ) 304.6� 6� 64� AX1 L64 ( )( ) 356.
T connector, 90° 6� 7� 39� AX1 T39 ( )( ) 254.6� 7� 48� AX1 T48 ( )( ) 304.6� 7� 64� AX1 T64 ( )( ) 356.
X connector, 90° 7� 7� 39� AX1 X39 ( ) 254.7� 7� 48� AX1 X48 ( ) 278.7� 7� 64� AX1 X64 ( ) 304.
V connector, 120° 51/2� 51/2� 39� AX1 V39 ( )( ) 254.51/2� 51/2� 48� AX1 V48 ( )( ) 304.51/2� 51/2� 64� AX1 V64 ( )( ) 356.
Y connector, 120° 61/2� 51/2� 39� AX1 Y39 ( )( ) 254.61/2� 51/2� 48� AX1 Y48 ( )( ) 304.61/2� 51/2� 64� AX1 Y64 ( )( ) 356.
Order Code
Example: AX1 L39 612 612
AX1 Currents connectorL Type39 Height612 Trim/raceway cover
finish612 Top/end cap finish
Specification Information
For L, T, V, Y connectors specify:
Seventh position:painted finish for vertical trim coverand raceway cover
Eighth position, and X connectors:painted finish for top cap and crownend caps
Specify painted finishes for connectortrim covers and crown end caps.
When ordering connectors for thespine frame with compact crown,specify compact crown end capsseparately.
Application Notes
L, T, and X connectors join Currentsframes at 90° angles and includevertical trim covers, top cap andstandard crown end caps, and onespare set of straight connectors.
V and Y connectors join Currentsframes at 120° angles and includevertical trim covers, top cap andstandard crown end cap.
Currents
26
Wall ends and connectorsother ends and connectors
description type w d h pattern no. paint list price
Outrigger deep 3� 15� 21� AA1ORD( ) $141.standard 3� 8� 21� AA1OR( ) 102.
Stabilizer end cabinet no lock 6 - 8� 19� 39� AX1 STC39 3 ( )( ) 1,217.6 - 8� 19� 48� AX1 STC48 3 ( )( ) 1,319.6 - 8� 19� 64� AX1 STC64 3 ( )( ) 1,520.
with lock 6 - 8� 19� 39� AX1 STC39 L3 ( )( ) 1,371.6 - 8� 19� 48� AX1 STC48 L3 ( )( ) 1,471.6 - 8� 19� 64� AX1 STC64 L3 ( )( ) 1,674.
High low straight connector 48 - 39� – 5� 48� AX1 HLS4839 ( )( ) 137.64 - 39� – 5� 64� AX1 HLS6439 ( )( ) 236.64 - 48� – 5� 64� AX1 HLS6448 ( )( ) 158.
Service wall starter 39� 1� 2� 39� AX1 SWS39 ( ) 79.48� 1� 2� 48� AX1 SWS48 ( ) 88.64� 1� 2� 64� AX1 SWS64 ( ) 100.
Straight connector kit (replacement) – – – AX1 S 16.
Order Code
Example: AX1 HLS4839 612 612
AX1 Currents connectorHLS Type4839 Height612 Vertical cover finish612 Crown end finish
Specification Information
For stabilizer end specify:
Tenth position:cabinet finish
Eleventh position:top cap finish
Specify painted finishes for outrigger,stabilizer end cabinet, top andstandard crown end caps.
For flat ends specify:
Seventh position:painted finish for outside trim coverand raceway cover
Eighth position:painted finish for crown end cap
When specifying a flat end for aframe with the 1 inch compactcrown, compact crown end capsmust be ordered separately.
Specify painted finish for standardcrown end cap.
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for compact crown endcap. Standard crown end caps areincluded with all Currentsconnectors except Equity end trimkits.
Application Notes
Outrigger connects to structuralbase cover at any point. Outriggers(or perpendicular systems panels)are required every 8� and adjacentto flat end for adequate support.Specify deep outriggers whencantilevering 24�D worksurfaceswithout adjacent perpendicularsystems panels or Currents servicewall connectors.
Standard outrigger should bespecified when desks or credenzaswith service beam are positionedalong service wall.
Stabilizer end cabinet supports oneend of Currents service wall spine.Hinged cover panels in cabinetopen for access to data/telecomconsolidation point and cablestorage. Stabilizer end cabinet withlock has recessed KnollKey lock infinger pull reveal.
Stabilizer end cabinet expands theend of the Currents spine 31/2� toaccommodate intermediate paneldivisions between workstations. Inthe 31/2� x 5� space above thisextension a ceiling infeed panel maybe added. Inside back corner coversmay be removed for unobstructedaccess to cabinet and wall framesurface.
High-low straight connectors joinservice wall of different heights in astraight line.
Service wall starter connects servicewall to building wall.
Straight connector is replacementhardware kit to join Currents wallframes of the same height end toend. Kit includes four barrel-shapeconnectors and hardware.
Flat end finishes end ofcorresponding height spinewhen end of wall is supportedby outriggers.
Currents
27
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Wall ends and connectorsother ends and connectors
description type w d h pattern no. paint list price
Flat end – 5� 39� AX1 F39 ( )( ) $80.– 5� 48� AX1 F48 ( )( ) 92.– 5� 64� AX1 F64 ( )( ) 102.
Crown end cap (replacement part) APT ( ) 5.
Crown end cap compact Kit of 1 APTA CC1 ( ) 10.Kit of 10 APTA CC ( ) 85.
Order Code
Example: AX1 HLS4839 612 612
AX1 Currents connectorHLS Type4839 Height612 Vertical cover finish612 Crown end finish
Specification Information
For stabilizer end specify:
Tenth position:cabinet finish
Eleventh position:top cap finish
Specify painted finishes for outrigger,stabilizer end cabinet, top andstandard crown end caps.
For flat ends specify:
Seventh position:painted finish for outside trim coverand raceway cover
Eighth position:painted finish for crown end cap
When specifying a flat end for aframe with the 1 inch compactcrown, compact crown end capsmust be ordered separately.
Specify painted finish for standardcrown end cap.
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for compact crown endcap. Standard crown end caps areincluded with all Currentsconnectors except Equity end trimkits.
Application Notes
Outrigger connects to structuralbase cover at any point. Outriggers(or perpendicular systems panels)are required every 8� and adjacentto flat end for adequate support.Specify deep outriggers whencantilevering 24�D worksurfaceswithout adjacent perpendicularsystems panels or Currents servicewall connectors.
Standard outrigger should bespecified when desks or credenzaswith service beam are positionedalong service wall.
Stabilizer end cabinet supports oneend of Currents service wall spine.Hinged cover panels in cabinetopen for access to data/telecomconsolidation point and cablestorage. Stabilizer end cabinet withlock has recessed KnollKey lock infinger pull reveal.
Stabilizer end cabinet expands theend of the Currents spine 31/2� toaccommodate intermediate paneldivisions between workstations. Inthe 31/2� x 5� space above thisextension a ceiling infeed panel maybe added. Inside back corner coversmay be removed for unobstructedaccess to cabinet and wall framesurface.
High-low straight connectors joinservice wall of different heights in astraight line.
Service wall starter connects servicewall to building wall.
Straight connector is replacementhardware kit to join Currents wallframes of the same height end toend. Kit includes four barrel-shapeconnectors and hardware.
Flat end finishes end ofcorresponding height spinewhen end of wall is supportedby outriggers.
Currents
28
Wall ends and connectorsfence ends and connectorsconnectors
description w d h pattern no. list price
L connector, 90 degrees 6� 6� 19� AX1 L18 ( ) $307.
T connector, 90 degrees 6� 7� 19� AX1 T18 ( ) 313.
X connector, 90 degrees 7� 7� 19� AX1 X18 258.
V connector, 120 degrees 51/2� 51/2� 19� AX1 V18 ( ) 280.
Y connector, 120 degrees 61/2� 51/2� 19� AX1 Y18 ( ) 130.
Order Code
Example: AX1 L 18 613
AX1 Fence connectorL Type18 Height613 Trim finish
Specification Notes
Specify painted finishes for connectortrim covers.
For L, T, V and Y connectorsspecify finish for vertical trim.
All top caps and crown covers aretrim grey. Specify finish for outsidetrim of flat end.
Application Notes
L, T and X connectors join frames at90° angles and include vertical trimcovers, top cap and crown end capsand one set of straight connectors.
Y and V connectors join frames at120° angles.
Flat end finishes end of Fenceframes and includes crown enddetail.
Currents
29
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Wall ends and connectorsfence ends and connectorsconnectors
description w d h pattern no. list price
Flat end – 5� 19� AX1 F18 ( ) $115.
Order Code
Example: AX1 L 18 613
AX1 Fence connectorL Type18 Height613 Trim finish
Specification Notes
Specify painted finishes for connectortrim covers.
For L, T, V and Y connectorsspecify finish for vertical trim.
All top caps and crown covers aretrim grey. Specify finish for outsidetrim of flat end.
Application Notes
L, T and X connectors join frames at90° angles and include vertical trimcovers, top cap and crown end capsand one set of straight connectors.
Y and V connectors join frames at120° angles.
Flat end finishes end of Fenceframes and includes crown enddetail.
Currents
30
Wall ends and connectorsfence ends and connectorsother hardware
description type w d h pattern no. list price
T-end adapter 0� or 11/8� extension 15/8� 21/8� 23/8� AX1 AK1 ( ) $16.
T-end and stabilizer end cabinet adapter 31/2� extension 4� 5� 161/2� AX1 AK3 ( ) 60.
Flat wall starter 48�H service wall 31/4� 27� AX1 FWS 48 51.64�H service wall 31/4� 43� AX1 FWS 64 56.Fence and 39�H wall 31/4� 18� AX1 FWS 39 46.
High-low straight connector 48�H wall - Fence AX1 FHLS4818 ( ) 304.
Order Code
Example: AX1 FWS 39
AX1 Fence endFWS Type39 Height
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for T-endadapter kits.
Flat wall starter is black only.
Crown end covers are trim grey.
Application Notes
Fence accepts Currents T-ends for39� service wall and 39�H stabilizerend cabinet.
Specify AX1 AK1 adapter kit tocomplete bottom trim and crown endof T-ends with 0� or 11/8� extension.
Specify AX1 AK3 adapter kit tocomplete bottom trim and crown endof T-ends with 3� extension and39�H stabilizer end cabinet.
Flat wall starter connects Fenceframes and Currents service wall tobuilding wall.
High-low fence connector joinsfence and 48�H Currents servicewall.
Currents
31
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Wall frame accessorieswall frame
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Acoustical inserts 39�H 12� 2� 34� APA 39 $21.48�H 12� 2� 43� APA 48 25.64�H 12� 2� 59� APA 64 34.
Order Code
Example: APT 612
APT Service wall trim612 Painted finish
Specification Information Application Notes
Acoustical inserts fit between studsin service wall frame to increasecontrol of sound transmission.Inserts are bagged in heightscorresponding to wall frame. Specifyfour inserts for 48�W frame, five for60�W frame, and six for 72�Wframe. Service walls with acousticalinserts have been tested to STC 33.
Currents
32
Wall frame accessoriesfence frame
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Wire manager cover (set of 2) 31/2� 3� 183/8� AR1 VCM $51.
Carpet grips (set of 10) AA1CG 12.
Non-skid pads (set of 10) AA1NSK 28.
Hardwire fence infeed (NYC) 2 + 2 AR1 EPHF 360.3 + 3 AR1 TPHF 383.
Order Code
Example AR1 VCM
AR1 RacewayVCM Type
Specification Information
Wire manager covers are integralcolor trim grey.
Application Notes
Wire manager covers snap into thesides of the fence legs to guidecables from the floor to theunderside of the frame.
Carpet grips and/or non-skid padssnap onto bottom of stabilizer feet toprevent legs from sliding.
Hardwire fence infeed is approvedfor City of New York installation.Infeed includes wire manager cover,junction box and connector to deskheight outlet module.
Currents
33
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Spine ends and connectorsUniversal spine end connectors
description application h w d pattern no. list
Spine end connector 39�h spine 39� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC3939 ( )( )( )( ) $200.48�h spine 48� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC4848 ( )( )( )( ) 210.64�h spine 64� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC6464 ( )( )( )( ) 250.
Spine end connector to top of Currents 4�h crown 39�h spine 43� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC4339 C ( )( ) 200.48�h spine 52� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC5248 C ( )( ) 210.64�h spine 68� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC6864 C ( )( ) 250.
Inside base trim cover for Currents raceway 4� 5� AX1SECBT ( ) 40.
Order Code
Example: AX1 SEC 3939 L 613613 812
AX1 Spine connectorSEC Type39 Connector height39 Spine heightL Crown type613 Crown end cap finish613 Vertical cover finish812 Top cap finish
Specification Information
For spine end connectors specify:
1.Crown typeC=Currents standard 4�hL=low profile flat 1�H=high profile flat 11/4�F=compact crown 1�
2.Crown end cap finish
Standard, low and high profile flatand compact crown end caps areavailable in all standard paintfinishes.Standard and compact crown endcaps are also available in 812 EasyGrey or 813 Trim Grey.
3.Vertical cover finish:All standard paint finishes4.Top cap for vertical cover:812=Easy Grey813=Trim GreyAnd all standard paint finishes
Application Notes
Spine end connectors are completevertical cover and top trim for theend of an AutoStrada or Currentsspine. Side edges of end connectorsaccept end starters for linkablescreens and Morrison or otherpanels of the same height or lower.
Spine end connectors includepainted aluminum cover withbeveled top cap and crown end cap.
Spine end connectors to top ofCurrents crown are recommendedwhen attaching any end starterpanel that is between the nominalheight of the spine and the actualheight with crown, such as a 42�hpanel to 39�h spine with 4�h crown.
Spine end connectors to top ofCurrents crown enclose the end ofspine and standard crown andinclude flat top cap and inside toptrim cover ( but do not includecrown end cap).
Inside base trim for Currentsraceway is recommended to finishinside of any spine end connectorwhen combined with standardCurrents recessed base racewaycovers. Base trim is not requiredwith AutoStrada spine base covers.
Currents
34
Spine ends and connectorsHigh-low spine end connectorsfor linkable screens and Morrison panels
description application h w d pattern no. list
Spine end connector 42�h panel/39�h spine 39� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC4239 ( )( ) $200.
48�h panel/39�h spine 48� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC4839 ( )( ) 210.
56�h panel/39�h spine 56� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC5639 ( )( ) 240.
64�h panel/39�h spine 64� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC6439 ( )( ) 250.
56�h panel/48�h spine 56� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC5648 ( )( ) 240.
64�h panel/48�h spine 64� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC6448 ( )( ) 250.
80�h panel/48�h spine 80� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC8048 ( )( ) 380.
80�h panel/64�h spine 80� 5� 1/2� AX1SEC8064 ( )( ) 365.
Inside base trim cover for Currents raceway 4� 5� AX1SECBT ( ) 40.
Order Code
Example: AX1 SEC 6448 613 812
AX1 Spine connectorSEC Type64 Panel ht.48 Spline ht.613 Painted finish613 Trim finish
Specification Information
For spine end connectors specify:
1.Vertical cover finish:All standard paint finishes
2.Top cap for vertical cover812=Easy Grey813=Trim GreyAnd all standard painted finishes
Application Notes
High low spine end connectors arecomplete end cover and trim for anAutoStrada or Currents spine, whenattached panels are taller thanspine. High low spine endconnectors match the height of theattached linkable screen orMorrison panel. Side edges of spineend connectors accept end startersfor linkable screens and Morrisonpanels of the same height or lower.
High low spine end connectorsinclude painited aluminum outsidecover with flat top cap and insidecover over the end of the spine.
Inside base trim for Currentsraceway is recommended to finishinside of any spine end connectorwhen combined with standardCurrents recessed base racewaycovers. Base trim is not requiredwith AutoStrada spine base coves.
Note: 42�h panel/39�h spinecombination (AX1SEC4239) canonly be specified with compact orflat crown versions of the spine. Forcombination of 39�h spine withstandard crown and 42�h panelsspecify AXISEC4339C ( )( ).
Currents
35
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
End StartersFor linkable screens or Morrison panels
description application h w d pattern no. 00 02 04
End starters for linkable screens 30�h screen 25� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1LES30 ( )( )( ) $120. $130. $140.39�h screen 34� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1LES39 ( )( )( ) 130. 140. 155.48�h screen 43� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1LES48 ( )( )( ) 150. 170. 190.64�h screen 59� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1LES64 ( )( )( ) 175. 205. 235.
End starters for Morrison panels 30�h screen 30� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES30 ( )( )( ) 125. 130. 140.39�h screen 39� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES39 ( )( )( ) 150. 155. 170.42�h screen 42� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES42 ( )( )( ) 150. 155. 175.48�h screen 48� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES48 ( )( )( ) 155. 160. 180.56�h screen 56� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES56 ( )( )( ) 180. 200. 225.64�h screen 64� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES64 ( )( )( ) 180. 200. 225.80�h screen 80� 1� 1/2� - 41/2� AX1MES80 ( )( )( ) 260. 300. 360.
End starter top cap for Morrison panel withlinkable screen trim
00 flush 1� 21/4� AX1LES E00 ( ) 10.02 or 04 offset 1� 21/4� AX1LES E02 ( ) 10. 10.
Order Code
Example: AX1 L ES 48 02 613 812
AX1 Spine connectorL for linkable screensES End starter48 Panel height02 Offset613 Painted finish812 Trim finish
Specification Information
For spine end starters specify:
1.Configuration00=Flush02=Offset one panel04=Offset two panels
2.Finish:All standard paint finishes
3.Top cap812=Easy Grey813=Trim Grey
Application Notes
End starters connect a linkablescreen or panel to either side of aspine end connector of the sameheight or taller.End starters for linkable screensand Morrison panels includeconnector track and top cap.
For Morrison panels that havelinkable screen trim also specifyend starter linkable screenend cap.For flush (00) end startersspecify AX1LES E00 ( ). For offset(02 or 04) end starters specifyAX1LES E02 ( ).End starters are available in threeconfigurations: flush with end ofspine or offset one or twoscreen/panel thickness beyond endof spine.
For full access to entire width ofspine surface specify end startersoffset one panel thickness (02suffix).
For a cluster of two workstationswith one screen or panel betweenspecify one end starter offset twopanel thicknesses (04 suffix) andone offset one thickness (02).For a cluster of three workstations(two intermediate panels) specifytwo end starters offset two panelthicknesses (04).For a cluster of four workstations(three intemediate panels) extendthe spine 12� and specify two flushend starters (00 suffix).
Currents
36
Panel system starters and T-endsMorrison or linkable screen panel starters
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Morrison and linkable screen panel starters 30�H panel 4� 1� 26� AA1MPS30( ) $92.39�H panel/screen 4� 1� 35� AA1MPS39( ) 92.42�H panel 4� 1� 38� AA1MPS42( ) 92.48�H panel/screen 4� 1� 44� AA1MPS48( ) 97.56�H panel 4� 1� 52� AA1MPS56( ) 102.64�H panel/screen 4� 1� 60� AA1MPS64( ) 106.74�H panel 4� 1� 70� AA1MPS74( ) 111.80�H panel 4� 1� 76� AA1MPS80( ) 111.Morrison raceway shroud 21/4� 3� 4� AA1MRS( ) 40.panel/screen top clip AA2 MTC ( ) 44.
Morrison end trim 30�H panel 1� 21/4� 9� AA1MET30( ) 28.39�H panel 1� 21/4� 18� AA1MET39( ) 28.42�H panel 1� 21/4� 21� AA1MET42( ) 30.48�H panel 1� 21/4� 27� AA1MET48( ) 32.56�H panel 1� 21/4� 35� AA1MET56( ) 34.64�H panel 1� 21/4� 43� AA1MET64( ) 40.74�H panel 1� 21/4� 53� AA1MET74( ) 44.80�H panel 1� 21/4� 59� AA1MET80( ) 46.
Currents end trim 39� linkable screen 1� 2� 18� AA1CET39( ) 28.48� linkable screen 1� 2� 27� AA1CET48( ) 32.64� linkable screen 1� 2� 43� AA1CET64( ) 40.
Order Code
Example: AA1 MPS48 612
AA1 AccessoryM MorrisonPS Panel starter48 Panel height612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finishes for panelstarters, Morrison raceway shroudand end trim.
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for Currents end trim.
Application Notes
Panel starters attach perpendicularpanels or linkable screens toCurrents service wall structuralbase covers (5� - 21�H).
Panel starters include clampbracket to any height Currents walland full height connector track withmodified top wedge block. ForMorrison also specify high/lowcorner top cap MT5 HLC ( ) in widthof first panel.
Top clip connects panel connectortrack to Currents crown. Specify topclip for added stiffness of panelshigher than 48� or whenevercantilevering components frompanel. Top clip is not compatiblewith end trim.
Specify raceway shroud ifconnecting power from Currentsservice wall to Morrison panel.
Optional Morrison end trim fills 5/8�reveal between panel end andCurrents wall surface. End trim alsoincludes end top cap (high/lowcorner top cap is not required in thisapplication).
Currents end trims are optionalfillers for linkable screen starters.End trims may interfere with easyaccess to wall covers.
Currents
37
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Panel system starters and T-endsMorrison, Currents screens and linkable screen T-endsnon-upholstered
description type w d h pattern no.0� or 11/8�extension
31/2�extension
T ends for Currents screens and linkable screens 39� screen/39� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 39� AX2 C3939 ( )( )( ) $634. $710.48� screen/39� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 48� AX2 C4839 ( )( )( ) 735. 812.48� screen/48� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 48� AX2 C4848 ( )( )( ) 684. 761.64� screen/39� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 64� AX2 C6439 ( )( )( ) 838. 913.64� screen/48� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 64� AX2 C6448 ( )( )( ) 786. 863.64� screen/64� spine 21/4�-53/4� 7� 64� AX2 C6464 ( )( )( ) 786. 863.
T ends for Morrison panels 39� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 39� AX1 M3939 ( )( )( ) 634. 710.42� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 42� AX1 M4239 ( )( )( ) 684. 761.48� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 48� AX1 M4839 ( )( )( ) 735. 812.48� panel/48� spine 6� 7� 48� AX1 M4848 ( )( )( ) 684. 761.56� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 56� AX1 M5639 ( )( )( ) 786. 863.56� panel/48� spine 6� 7� 56� AX1 M5648 ( )( )( ) 735. 812.64� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 64� AX1 M6439 ( )( )( ) 838. 913.64� panel/48� spine 6� 7� 64� AX1 M6448 ( )( )( ) 786. 863.64� panel/64� spine 6� 7� 64� AX1 M6464 ( )( )( ) 786. 863.80� panel/39� spine 6� 7� 80� AX1 M8039 ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,116.80� panel/48� spine 6� 7� 80� AX1 M8048 ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,116.80� panel/64� spine 6� 7� 80� AX1 M8064 ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,116.
Order Code
Example: AX1 M6448 3 612, 612
AX1 Currents connectorM Morrison64 Morrison height48 Currents height3 Extension612 Top cap finish612 Vertical trim cover
Specification Information
T ends begin with AX1-prefix.Fourth position indicates attachedpanel system:C Currents screen/linkable
screenM Morrison panel
Fifth/sixth position: height of panel.
Seventh/eighth position: height ofservice wall.
Ninth position: extension at end ofspine.0 0� extension1 11/8� extension3 31/2� extension
Tenth position: painted finish forMorrison top caps and crown end.
Eleventh position: painted finish forvertical trim cover.
When ordering T-ends for spinewith compact crown, specifycompact crown end caps separately.
Application Notes
T-end encloses the end of a Currentsservice wall and connects toperpendicular Currentswall-attached screens, linkablescreens or panels on one or bothsides. T-ends include Morrison-styletop trim for the 7� wide connectionto panels or screens.
Currents T-end includes 5� and 6�wide trim and two end caps.
Morrison T-end includes 7� widetrim.
Use 5� wide trim and two end capswhen connecting to Currentsscreens on both sides.
Use 6� wide trim and one end capwhen connecting to Currentsscreens on one side only. SpecifyMorrison end connector separatelyto finish side edge without aconnected screen.
Use 7� wide trim when connecting toMorrison panels.
Specify Morrison end connector, topcap and raceway cover kitsseparately to finish side edge ofMorrison T-ends withouta connected panel.
Specify Morrison straight connectorseparately to attach linkable screenor panel.
Specify T-ends for Morrison orCurrents to capture the end of thewall (no extension) or to extend thewall 11/8� or 31/2�. This extensionenables precise planning of multipleworkstations and intermediatepanels between workstations.
Specify two 0� T-ends for a singleworkstation on each side (nointermediate panels).
Specify two 11/8� T-ends for oneintermediate panel, one 11/8� andone 31/2� for two panels, and two31/2� for three intermediate panels.
T-ends with 31/2� extension haveremovable inside covers and acceptceiling infeed panel.
Currents
38
Panel system starters and T-endsEquity panel starters, end starters and trim kits
description type pattern no. list price
Equity panel starters 40� AA1EPS40 $224.41� AA3EPS41 263.48� AA1EPS48 233.49� AA3EPS49 275.53� AA1EPS53 243.60� AA1EPS60 254.61� AA3EPS61 300.64� AA3EPS64 310.65� AA1EPS65 264.
Equity end starters 40� AX1 E40 224.41� AX3E41 263.48� AX1 E48 233.49� AX3E49 275.53� AX1 E53 243.60� AX1 E60 254.61� AX3E61 300.64� AX3E64 310.65� AX1 E65 264.
Equity end trim kits 39�H wall AX1 EET39(T,R,L) 92.48�H wall AX1 EET48(T,R,L) 123.64�H wall AX1 EET64(T,R,L) 153.Crown end cap APT ( ) 5.
Gap filler 40�/64� AX1 EGF24 19.48�/64� AX1 EGF16 10.53�/64� AX1 EGF11 8.60�/64� AX1 EGF4 6.
Order Code
Example: AX1EET64T 612
AX1 AccessoryEET Equity end trim64 Panel heightT ‘‘T’’ both sides612 Trim finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for Equity endand panel starters, trim kits andcrown end cap.
Note:For more specific applicationinformation, please refer to the 1999Equity Planning Guide. Additionalfinishes are available for crown endcap.
Application Notes
Equity panel starters attachperpendicular panels to Currentswall structural base covers. Equitypanel starter includes clampbracket and adapter. Both end andpanel starters include top clip foradded stiffness. No connector postis required for either starter.
Equity end starter supportsperpendicular panel run on thecenterline of the end of the wall.Perpendicular panels should be atthe same height or higher than theservice wall.
The Equity end trim kit enclosesand flushes out the end of theCurrents service wall with attached,end started Equity panels.
Specify trim kit suffix ‘‘T’’ for panelson both sides, ‘‘L’’ or ‘‘R’’ forattached panels only on left or rightside of end of the Currents wall (asseen from outside of ‘‘T’’ end). Alsospecify crown end cap for all endconditions.
Gap fillers fill the gap whenattaching a lower height Equitypanel at the end of a 64�H Currentsservice wall.
Currents
39
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Panel system starters and T-endsReff panel starters and T-ends
description type pattern no. price0� or 1 1/8�extension
31/2�extension
Reff panel starter 34�H (includes AA1RTC bracket) AA1RPS34( )( )( )( ) $102.42�H (includes AA1RTC bracket) AA1RPS42( )( )( )( ) 177.49�H (includes AA1RTC bracket) AA1RPS49( )( )( )( ) 182.64�H (includes AA1RTC bracket) AA1RPS64( )( )( )( ) 193.79�H (includes AA1RTC bracket) AA1RPS79( )( )( )( ) 202.
T-end frame for Reff panels 42� Reff panel to 39� Currents AX1 R34239( )( ) 761. 838.49� Reff panel to 39� Currents AX1 R34939( )( ) 770. 847.49� Reff panel to 48� Currents AX1 R34948( )( ) 721. 796.64� Reff panel to 39� Currents AX1 R36439( )( ) 851. 927.64� Reff panel to 48� Currents AX1 R36448( )( ) 801. 877.64� Reff panel to 64� Currents AX1 R36464( )( ) 801. 877.79� Reff panel to 39� Currents AX1 R37939( )( ) 857. 934.79� Reff panel to 48� Currents AX1 R37948( )( ) 807. 883.79� Reff panel to 64� Currents AX1 R37964( )( ) 781. 857.
Top clip (replacement part) AA1RTC( ) 76.
Order Code
Example: AA1-RPS64 48 A 613613
AA1 AccessoryR ReffPS Panel starter64 Panel height48 Adjoining panel widthA Panel top trim profile613 Finish, panel starter613 Panel top trim finish
Specification Information
For T-end specify extension at end ofspine, then paint finish. Extension atend of spine:0 0� extension1 11/8� extension3 31/2� extensions
Specify following for panel starter:1 Adjoining panel width2 Top trim profile of adjoining
panel3 Painted finish for panel
starter4 Top trim finish
In addition to Currents finishes, allstandard Reff system paintedfinishes are available.
When ordering T-ends for the spinewith compact crown, specifycompact crown end caps separately.
Application Notes
Panel starters attach perpendicularReff panels to Currents service wall.Panel starter includes clampbracket to structural base cover, topclip, vertical extrusioncorresponding to Reff panel heightand top trim for adjoining panel.
T-end encloses the end of a Currentsservice wall and connects toperpendicular Reff panels on one orboth sides.
Specify Reff straight connectorseparately to attach panel.
Specify Reff end connector to finishside edge without a connected wall.
Specify T-end with 0�, 11/8�, or 31/2�of extension to accommodate the‘‘creep’’ of panels betweenworkstations on each side of servicewall.
Specify two 0� T-ends for a singleworkstation on each side (nointermediate panels).
Specify two 11/8� T-ends for oneintermediate panel, one 11/8� andone 31/2� for two panels, and two31/2� for three intermediate panels.
T-ends with 31/2� extension haveremovable inside covers and acceptceiling infeed panel.
Only Reff finishes are available forAA1RTC( ) top clip.
Currents
40
Panel system starters and T-endsReff T-end fabric and wood cover sets
description type height pattern no. list price
Monolithic cover set Fabric 42� R3B0P0F4207 $101.49� R3B0P0F4907 113.64� R3B0P0F6407 134.79� R3B0P0F7907 154.
Wood 42� R3B0P0H4207 103.49� R3B0P0H4907 116.64� R3B0P0H6407 137.79� R3B0P0H7907 157.
Tiled cover set Fabric 42� R3B0T0F4207 101.49� R3B0T0F4907 113.64� R3B0T0F6407 134.79� R3B0T0F7907 154.
Wood 42� R3B0T0H4207 103.49� R3B0T0H4907 116.64� R3B0T0H6407 137.79� R3B0T0H7907 157.
Order Code
Example: R3B0P0F4207
R3B Reff0P0F Monolithic42 Panel height07 Width
Specification Information
See Reff System for full selection ofpainted finishes, fabrics and woodveneers for T-end cover sets.
Specify:1. Top trim profile2. Panel finishes3. Top trim finish4. Base finish
Top trim profile:A FlatB SquareC Bullnose
Base height:4 4� base height
6� base height is currently notavailable.
Application Notes
Specify covers in monolithic or tiledsets to complete T-end frames forReff.
Monolithic cover sets include araceway cover and a single snap-inpanel above.
Tiled sets include raceway coverand segmented tiles correspondingto adjacent Reff tiled panels.
Reff tiled module horizontal revealsare at nominal 19�, 34�, 49� and 64�above the floor and do not align withservice wall cover reveals.
When ordering T-ends for the spinewith compact crown, specifycompact crown end caps separately.
Currents
41
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Panel system starters and T-endsUniversal panel starters and T-ends
description w d h pattern no. paint
Universal T-end adapter 2-6� 7� 39� AA1UA39( ) $60.2-6� 7� 48� AA1UA48( ) 72.2-6� 7� 64� AA1UA64( ) 80.
Universal panel starters 3� 1� 39� AA1UPS39( ) 141.3� 1� 48� AA1UPS48( ) 153.3� 1� 64� AA1UPS64( ) 162.
Universal top clip AA2 UTC ( ) 57.
Order Code
Example: AA1 UPS48 612
AA1 AccessoryUPS Panel starter48 Panel height612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finishes for Universalend and panel starter.
Application Notes
Universal adapters and startersintegrate other panel systems withthe service wall. Vertical surfaceaccepts architectural wall starter ofmost other systems.
T-end adapters include connector tocorresponding height T-end forCurrents screen (specifiedseparately).
Panel starter includes clampbracket to structural base cover onservice wall.
Top clip gives added stability toattached panels of the same heightor higher than the service wall.
Currents
42
Panel system starters and T-endsfence panel starters
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Panel starter for Morrison panels/ Currentslinkable screens
30�H panel 4� 1� 26� AA1FMPS30( ) $60.39�H panel/screen 4� 1� 35� AA1FMPS39( ) 61.42�H panel 4� 1� 38� AA1FMPS42( ) 61.48� H panel/screen 4� 1� 44� AA1FMPS48( ) 67.56�H panel 4� 1� 52� AA1FMPS56( ) 67.64� H panel/screen 4� 1� 60� AA1FMPS64( ) 72.
Universal panel starter 3� 1� 35� AA1FUPS39( ) 94.
Universal top clip AA2 UTC ( ) 57.
Morrison and linkable screen panel starters panel/screen top clip AA2 MTC ( ) 44.
Order Code
Example: AA1 FMPS48 613
AA1 AccessoryF FenceMPS Morrison panel starter48 Panel height613 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finish for panel startersand top clip.
Application Notes
Panel starters attach perpendicularpanels to the Fence bottom rail.
Panel starters include clampbracket and full height connectortrack with modified top wedgeblock. For Morrison also specifyhigh/low corner topcap in width offirst panel.
Top clip connects panel connectortrack with the Fence crown. Specifytop clip for added stiffness of panelshigher than 48� or whenevercantilevering components frompanel.
Top clip is not compatible with endtrim.
Universal panel starters integrateother panel systems with theCurrents Fence. Vertical surfaceaccepts architectural wall starters ofmost other systems.
Currents
43
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Panel system starters and T-endsend trim for fence panel starters
description type w d h pattern no. list price
End trim for Morrison panels 30�H panel 1� 21/4� 30� AA1FMET30( ) $77.39�H panel 1� 21/4� 39� AA1FMET39( ) 77.42�H panel 1� 21/4� 42� AA1FMET42( ) 80.48� H panel 1� 21/4� 48� AA1FMET48( ) 82.56�H panel 1� 21/4� 56� AA1FMET56( ) 84.64� H panel 1� 21/4� 64� AA1FMET64( ) 90.
End trim for linkable screens 39� H screen 1� 2� 35� AA1FCET39 64.48� H screen 1� 2� 44� AA1FCET48 72.64� H screen 1� 2� 60� AA1FCET64 80.
Order Code
Example: AA1 FMET39 612
AA1 AccessoryF FenceMET Morrison end trim39 Panel height612 Finish
Specification Notes
Specify paint finish for end trim forMorrison panels.
Morrison end trim includes endraceway cover in matching color.
Linkable screen end trim is trimgrey integral color.
Application Notes
Optional end trim is available forthe panel starter connector track.End trim covers the connector trackabove and below the panel starterclamp bracket.
Currents
44
Power, data and communications components for service walls2+2 racewayoutlet module, central switch and outlets
description type w d h pattern no. black
orange (-O)or orange
triangle (-T) no finish
Desk height outlet module 21-48�H 5� – 6� AR1 EOM $126.
Central switch 21-48�H AR1-ELS-B 350.
Duplex outlet Circuit A AR1 DA 30.Circuit B AR1 DB 30.Circuit X AR1 DX 30. 35.Circuit Y AR1 DY 30. 35.
Order Code
Example: AR1 EOM
AR1 RacewayE 2+2OM Outlet module
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits at desk height orservice wall base: two conveniencecircuits and two protected circuits,with separate grounds and heavyduty #10 neutrals.
Application Notes
Service wall power may bedistributed point-to-point betweenoutlet modules at desk height or inthe base raceway.
Outlet housings and power railsaccept two duplex outlets on eachface and four connector/jumpercables.
Modular desk-height outlet modulemounts between frame studs at anyheight from 21� - 48�, above orbelow adjacent worksurfaces. Each12�W frame bay can accept twooutlet housings (up to four duplexoutlets on each side.)
Central switch controls three outletsinside wall frame for task or ambientlights. Switch occupies right-handoutlet opening in outlets cover onone side of wall.
Switches cannot be positionedback-to-back in combination withan outlet module.
Central switch includes whiterocker switch, connector to adjacentoutlet module, and three simplexoutlets on circuit B (2+2 or 3+3).
Outlet modules and power railsaccept two duplex outlets on eachface. Specify outlets with black facefor convenience circuits. Specifyorange face or black with orangetriangle for protected circuits withseparate ground and neutral inbuilding power supply.
Currents
45
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Power, data and communications components for service walls2+2 racewayother hardware
description type w d h pattern no. no finish
Power infeeds, modular Base power 49� AR1 EPI2 $120.Desk height power 85� AR1 EPI5 145.Ceiling infeed 145� AR1 EPIC 181.
Hardwire base infeeds (NYC) One connector AR1 EPH1 241.Two connectors AR1 EPH2 361.
Transitional connectors for Morrison or Reff 12� 61� AR1 ET1 133.36� 85� AR1 ET3 168.60� 109� AR1 ET5 193.96� 133� AR1 ET8 216.
Jumper cable 12� wall/36� desk 37� AR1 EJ1 73.24� wall/48� desk 49� AR1 EJ2 96.36� wall/60� desk 61� AR1 EJ3 109.48� wall/84� desk 73� AR1 EJ4 120.60� wall/84� desk 85� AR1 EJ5 133.72� wall/96� desk 97� AR1 EJ6 145.96� wall/120� desk 121� AR1 EJ8 168.120� wall/144� desk 145� AR1 EJ10 193.144� wall 169� AR1 EJ12 216.
Order Code
Example: AR1 ET1
AR1 RacewayE 2+2T Transitional1 Length
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits at desk height orpanel base: two conveniencecircuits and two protected circuits,with separate grounds and heavyduty #10 neutrals.
NOTE: The City of New York doesnot approve use of liquid-tightPVC conduit. For installationsanywhere in the City of New York,specify NYC infeed kits (AR1EPH1or 2, AR1 TPH1 or 2), whichdo not contain PVC. To connectpower from the Currents servicewall to wall-started panels: specifystandard (not transitional) jumpercables. Also specify Raceway CableManagers (AR1 RCM) to supportpower jumpers within the Currentswall base between the base ordesk-height power module and theattached panel.
Application Notes
Desk height power infeed connectsfrom floor box to desk height outletsmodule inside service wall.
Ceiling infeed connects from ceilingjunction box to desk height outletmodule or to base power rail.Specify Currents ceiling infeedpanel separately.
Base power infeed connectsbuilding power to either end of baseraceway power rail.
Hardwire base infeed is approvedfor City of New York installations.Infeed includes junction box forbase raceway and connector to deskheight outlet module, or twoconnectors to adjacent base racewaypower rails.
Transitional connectors connectCurrents service wall powercomponents to powered Morrison orReff panels or Morrison Networkdesks. Application dimensionindicates distance
from service wall desk-height outletmodule to perpendicular panel withpowered base.
Specify jumper cables betweenoutlet modules. Applicationdimension indicates maximum wallcover width between outlets coversat the same height. Excess cablemay be stored in interior of wallframe.
Base raceway power rail issuspended between panel supports3� above floor. 48� wall accepts one12� rail, 60� wall accepts one 24�rail, 72� accepts two 12� rails. 12�rails may also be inserted at anystraight connection.
Specify 12� base power connectorbetween 12� rails in a 72�W wallbase, or straddling a wallconnection. Specify 36� base powerconnector to pass through aconnection between adjacentpowered bases.
Currents
46
Power, data and communications components for service walls2+2 racewayother hardware
description type w d h pattern no. no finish
Base raceway power rail 48� or 72� frame 12� – 2� AR1 E2 $133.60� frame 24� – 2� AR1 E3 157.
Base power connector Within a frame 12� AR1 EPC1 60.Frame to frame 36� AR1 EPC2 73.
Order Code
Example: AR1 ET1
AR1 RacewayE 2+2T Transitional1 Length
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits at desk height orpanel base: two conveniencecircuits and two protected circuits,with separate grounds and heavyduty #10 neutrals.
NOTE: The City of New York doesnot approve use of liquid-tightPVC conduit. For installationsanywhere in the City of New York,specify NYC infeed kits (AR1EPH1or 2, AR1 TPH1 or 2), whichdo not contain PVC. To connectpower from the Currents servicewall to wall-started panels: specifystandard (not transitional) jumpercables. Also specify Raceway CableManagers (AR1 RCM) to supportpower jumpers within the Currentswall base between the base ordesk-height power module and theattached panel.
Application Notes
Desk height power infeed connectsfrom floor box to desk height outletsmodule inside service wall.
Ceiling infeed connects from ceilingjunction box to desk height outletmodule or to base power rail.Specify Currents ceiling infeedpanel separately.
Base power infeed connectsbuilding power to either end of baseraceway power rail.
Hardwire base infeed is approvedfor City of New York installations.Infeed includes junction box forbase raceway and connector to deskheight outlet module, or twoconnectors to adjacent base racewaypower rails.
Transitional connectors connectCurrents service wall powercomponents to powered Morrison orReff panels or Morrison Networkdesks. Application dimensionindicates distance
from service wall desk-height outletmodule to perpendicular panel withpowered base.
Specify jumper cables betweenoutlet modules. Applicationdimension indicates maximum wallcover width between outlets coversat the same height. Excess cablemay be stored in interior of wallframe.
Base raceway power rail issuspended between panel supports3� above floor. 48� wall accepts one12� rail, 60� wall accepts one 24�rail, 72� accepts two 12� rails. 12�rails may also be inserted at anystraight connection.
Specify 12� base power connectorbetween 12� rails in a 72�W wallbase, or straddling a wallconnection. Specify 36� base powerconnector to pass through aconnection between adjacentpowered bases.
Currents
47
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Power, data and communications components for service walls3+3 racewayoutlet module, central switch and outlets
description type w d h pattern no. black
orange (-O)or orange
triangle (-T) no finish
Desk-height outlet module 21�-48�H 6� 1� 9� AR1 TOM $145.
Central switch 21-48�H AR1-ELS-B 350.
Duplex outlet Circuit A AR1 DA 30.Circuit B AR1 DB 30.Circuit C AR1 DC 30.Circuit X AR1 DX 30. 35.Circuit Y AR1 DY 30. 35.Circuit Z AR1 DZ 30. 35.
Order Code
Example: AR1 TOM
AR1 RacewayT 3+3OM Outlet Module
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute six20-amp circuits at desk height orwall base: three conveniencecircuits and three protected circuits,with separate grounds andheavy-duty #10 neutrals.
Application Notes
Service wall power may bedistributed point-to-point betweenoutlet modules at desk height or inthe base raceway. Outlet modulesand power rails accept two duplexoutlets on each face and fourconnector/jumper cables.
Modular desk-height outlet modulemounts between frame studs at anyheight from 21� - 48�, above orbelow adjacent worksurfaces. Each12�W frame bay can accept twooutlet housings (up to four duplexoutlets on each side.)
Central switch controls three outletsinside wall frame for task or ambientlights. Switch occupies right-handoutlet opening in outlets cover onone side of wall.
Central switch includes whiterocker switch, connector to adjacentoutlet module, and three simplexoutlets on circuit B (2+2 or 3+3).
Outlet modules and power railsaccept two duplex outlets on eachface. Specify outlets with black facefor convenience circuits. Specifyorange face or black with orangetriangle for protected circuits withseparate ground and neutral inbuilding power supply.
Currents
48
Power, data and communications components for service walls3+3 racewayother hardware
description type w d h pattern no. no finish
Power infeeds Base power 49� AR1 TPI2 $145.Desk height power 85� AR1 TPI5 168.Ceiling infeed 145� AR1 TPIC 205.
Hardwire base infeeds (NYC) One connector AR1 TPH1 265.Two connectors AR1 TPH2 410.
Jumper cable 12� wall/36� desk 37� AR1 TJ1 84.24� wall/48� desk 49� AR1 TJ2 109.36� wall/60� desk 61� AR1 TJ3 133.48� wall/72� desk 73� AR1 TJ4 145.60� wall/84� desk 85� AR1 TJ5 157.72� wall/96� desk 97� AR1 TJ6 168.96� wall/120� desk 121� AR1 TJ8 193.120� wall/144� desk 145� AR1 TJ10 216.144� wall 169� AR1 TJ12 241.
Transitional connectors for Morrison or Reff 12� 61� AR1 TT1 157.36� 85� AR1 TT3 193.60� 109� AR1 TT5 216.96� 133� AR1 TT8 241.
Base raceway power rail 48� or 72� frame 12� AR1 T2 157.60� frame 24� AR1 T3 181.
Base power connectors Within a frame 13� AR1 TPC1 73.Frame to frame 37� AR1 TPC2 84.
Order Code
Example: AR1 TT5
AR1 RacewayT 3+3T Transitional5 Length
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute six20-amp circuits at desk height orwall base: three conveniencecircuits and three protected circuits,with separate grounds andheavy-duty #10 neutrals.
NOTE: The City of New York doesnot approve use of liquid-tightPVC conduit. For installationsanywhere in the City of New York,specify NYC infeed kits (AR1EPH1or 2, AR1 TPH1 or 2), whichdo not contain PVC. To connectpower from the Currents servicewall to wall-started panels: specifystandard (not transitional) jumpercables. Also specify Raceway CableManagers (AR1 RCM) to supportpower jumpers within the Currentswall base between the base ordesk-height power module and theattached panel.
Application Notes
Desk height power infeed connectsfrom floor box to desk height outletsmodule inside service wall.
Ceiling infeed connects from ceilingjunction box to desk height outletmodule or to base power rail.Specify Currents ceiling infeedpanel separately.
Base power infeed connectsbuilding power to either end of baseraceway power rail.
Hardwire base infeed is approvedfor City of New York installations.Infeed includes junction box forbase raceway and connector to deskheight outlet module, or twoconnectors to adjacent base racewaypower rails.
Transitional connectors connectCurrents service wall powercomponents to powered Morrison orReff panels or Morrison Networkdesks.
Application dimension indicatesdistance from service wall outletmodule to perpendicular panel.
Specify jumper cables betweenoutlet modules. Applicationdimension indicates maximum wallcover width between outlets coversat the same height. Excess cablemay be stored in interior of wallframe.
Base raceway power rail issuspended between panel supports3� above floor. 48� wall accepts one12� rail, 60� wall accepts one 24�rail, 72� accepts two 12� rails. 12�rails may also be inserted at anystraight connection.
Specify 12� base power connectorbetween 12� rails in a 72�W wallbase, or straddling a wallconnection. Specify 36� base powerconnector to pass through aconnection between adjacentpowered bases.
Currents
49
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Power, data and communications components for service wallsreplacement components for Equity
description type w d h pattern no. no finish black
orange (-O)or orange
triangle (-T)
Replacement duplexes for Equity Circuit A ARE1 DA $30.Circuit B ARE1 DB 30.Circuit C ARE1 DC 30.Circuit X ARE1 DX 30.Circuit X, orange face or orange triangle ARE1 DX (O or T) 35.Circuit Y ARE1 DY 30.Circuit Y, orange face or orange triangle ARE1 DY (O or T) 35.Circuit Z ARE1 DZ 30.Circuit Z, orange face or orange triangle ARE1 DZ (O or T) 35.
Transitional power connector Equity 2+2 12� 61� ARE1 ET1 133.36� 85� ARE1 ET3 168.60� 109� ARE1 ET5 193.
Transitional power connector Equity 3+3 12� 61� ARE1 TT1 157.36� 85� ARE1 TT3 193.60� 109� ARE1 TT5 216.
Replacement power infeed, Equity panel 2+2 ARE1 EP1 199.3+3 ARE1 TP1 229.
Order Code
Example: ARE1 ET3
ARE1 Currents/Equity racewayE Eight wire 2+2T Transitional connector3 Width
Specification Information Application Notes
Replacement duplexes for Equityconvert existing 3+1 terminalblocks in Equity panels to 2+2 whenconnected to and supplied byCurrents service wall 2+2 or 3+3power.
Transitional power connectorconnects service wall powercomponents to Equity panel basepower.
Application dimension indicatesdistance between service wall outletmodule (at 30�-39�H) andperpendicular panel.
Specify replacement power infeedwhen supplying power to Currentsservice wall from Equity panel baseinfeed.
Currents
50
Power, data and communications components for service wallsaccessories, ceiling infeed panel
description w d h pattern no. no finish paint
Cable clips for wall studs (100) 1/4� 1/2� 11/2� AR1 PCC 100 $60.
High capacity cable holders (10) 1� 3/4� 21/2� AR1 HCC H10 25.
Raceway cable managers (10) AR1 RCM 10 48.
Ceiling infeed panel for stabilizer end cabinet,T-end or power monument
31/2� 5� 48� APX CIP4 ( ) 358.31/2� 5� 72� APX CIP6 ( ) 418.31/2� 5� 96� APX CIP8 ( ) 477.
Order Code
Example: AR1 PCC 100
AR1 RacewayPCC Cable clip100 Size/Quantity
Specification Information
Cable clips and cable managers areblack plastic.
Cable holders are light grey plastic.
Specify painted finish for hardwireoutlets cover or ceiling infeed panel.
Application Notes
Specify cable clips, approximately50 per wall frame to support andmanage cables on the face of studsin the Currents wall frame. Eachclip manages up to 14 Category 5 orfiber optic cables; four clips attachbetween 21�-30�, 30�-39�, 39�-48�;six between 48�-64�H. Only twoclips fit behind a cable tray cover atthe 21�-30� height.
Specify high capacity cable holdersapproximately 20 per wall frame tosupport and manage larger bundlesof cables. Each holds up to 55 Cat 5cables; two holders attach to studsat each 9� level; three holders at the16� level of a 64�H wall. Only oneholder fits behind a cable tray coverat the 21�-30� height (upside down).
Raceway cable managers areU-shape cable supports that snapinto the underside of the panelframe. Plan one per foot to containdata cables or power jumpers in thebase raceway.
Ceiling infeed panel attaches to endof spine adjacent to stabilizer endcabinet or Currents, Morrison, orReff T-end panel with 31/2�extension, or to power monument.Center channel, 2� x 21/2�,accommodates one or two powerinfeed cables. Each side channel is11/2� x 31/2� lay-in cable raceway, forcontinuous lay-in cabling fromceiling to wall surface.
Specify ceiling infeed separately.
Currents
51
Ser
vice
wal
lsan
dco
mpo
nent
s
Power, data and communications components for service wallsPDC modules, modular communications
description type application pattern no. black
PDC Module accessories PDC Module extender (set of 10) MR3 PDCX $109.
AMP PDC Modules Faceplate and 4 Enhanced Category 5 outlets AMC PDC 5E4N 162.
AMP Modular components Blank insert (10) AMC B10 18.Category 3 outlet (RJ11 six position) Punch-down back AMC O3 18.Category 6 quantum (RJ45, 110) Punch-down back AMC O6 40.Communications faceplates AMP outlet faceplate, 2-port AMC FP2 (L or N) 18.Communications faceplates AMP outlet faceplate, 3-port AMC FP3 (L or N) 18.Enhanced Category 5 outlet (RJ45, 110) Punch-down back AMC O5E 26.Fiber optics outlet 50/125 micron fiber jack AMC OF500 133.Fiber optics outlet 62.5/125 micron fiber jack AMC OF625 133.
AMP modular communications/ zone distribution AMP NetConnect consolidation point, 12-port AMC5 CP12 513.AMP NetConnect mounting bracket AMB CP12-AMP 35.AMP pre-terminated outlet cable, 20� AMC5 OC20(A or B) 66.AMP pre-terminated outlet cable, 30� AMC5 OC30(A or B) 73.AMP pre-terminated outlet cable, 40� AMC5 OC40(A or B) 78.AMP pre-terminated outlet cable, 50� AMC5 OC50(A or B) 83.
Lucent PDC Modules Communications faceplate and 2 Category 5 110outlets (10)
MR3 ATT2 658.
Communications faceplate and 3 Category 5 110outlets (10)
MR3 ATT3 930.
Lucent zone distribution Hinged mounting brackets for 24-portconsolidation point (pair)
AMB CP24 LUC 94.
Outlet fillers (Set of 10) AR OF 27.
Order Code
Example: MR3 AMP3B
MR3 Raceway/PDCAMP Type3B Configuration
Specification Information
For AMP pre-terminated outletcables specify:
T568A or T568B wiring.
For AMP outlet faceplates specify:L Light greyN Black
Amp outlets are black.Lucentfaceplates are light grey.
Application Notes
PDC Modules are preconfigured orcreated from modular componentsand faceplate that snaps into servicewall outlets cover, raceway cover,desk service beam, credenzastanchion outlets cover, or powermonument.
See Morrison price listfor additional PDC moduleconfigurations.
Specify PDC Module extendersfor adequate clearance betweenmodules in back-to-backapplications, or for fiber optics STconnectors.
Specify blank filler plates for anyunused outlet openings in outletscovers or raceway covers.
AMP NetConnect mounting bracketsupports one 12-port consolidationpoint on stud or two in stabilizer endcabinet.
AMP pre-terminated outlet cablesinclude outlet and plug intoconsolidaion point. AMP outletfaceplate snaps into outlets coverand supports cable outlet.
Each Lucent mounting bracketsupports one 24-port consolidationpoint and is hinged for easy access.Bracket mounts on service wallframe or stabilizer end cabinet.
Currents
52
Linkable screensglazed, translucent, and perforated
description type w d h pattern no.glazed
G(C/S/T)fiberglass
TCperforated
H
Linkable screens 39�H 24� 2� 39� AP1 3924( )( )( ) $737. $1,084. $1,483.36� 2� 39� AP1 3936( )( )( ) 884. 1,360. 1,935.48� 2� 39� AP1 3948( )( )( ) 1,063. 1,726. 2,479.60� 2� 39� AP1 3960( )( )( ) n/a 1,970. 2,896.
48�H 18� 2� 48� AP1 4818( )( )( ) 736. n/a n/a24� 2� 48� AP1 4824( )( )( ) 812. 1,228. 1,714.30� 2� 48� AP1 4830( )( )( ) 901. n/a n/a36� 2� 48� AP1 4836( )( )( ) 974. 1,450. 2,172.42� 2� 48� AP1 4842( )( )( ) 1,085. n/a n/a48� 2� 48� AP1 4848( )( )( ) 1,170. 1,877. 2,820.60� 2� 48� AP1 4860( )( )( ) n/a 2,213. 3,372.
64�H 18� 2� 64� AP1 6418( )( )( ) 856. n/a n/a24� 2� 64� AP1 6424( )( )( ) 961. 1,523. 2,195.30� 2� 64� AP1 6430( )( )( ) 1,050. n/a n/a36� 2� 64� AP1 6436( )( )( ) 1,154. 1,900. 2,862.42� 2� 64� AP1 6442( )( )( ) 1,244. n/a n/a48� 2� 64� AP1 6448( )( )( ) 1,380. 2,450. 3,708.60� 2� 64� AP1 6460( )( )( ) n/a 2,844. n/a
Order Code
Example: AP1 3924 GT 612 813
AP1 Currents screen39 Height24 WidthG Surface typeT Surface finish612 Frame finish813 Trim color
Specification Information
Surface types:G GlazedTC Translucent fiberglassH Perforated
For glazed panels specify:C Clear tempered glassS Smoked acrylicT Translucent acrylic
Perforated surface is light grey.
Specify painted finish for glazedpanel frame.
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top cap.
Linkable screen legs are trim grey.
Application Notes
Linkable screens divideworkstations perpendicular toservice wall where base raceway isnot required. Linkable screensconnect with standardMorrison/Currents wall starters andCurrents linkable screenconnectors.
Screens are supported by two legswith leveling glides and includeCurrents top cap. Specifyconnectors separately.
Glazed linkable screens useMorrison glazed panel construction.Fiberglass and perforated screensurfaces are bonded to D-framepanel construction.
Currents
53
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Linkable screensupholstered
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Screens 39�H 18� 21/4� 39� AP1 3918 N( )( ) $254. $281. $296. $339. $353. $374. $413. $432. $454.24� 21/4� 39� AP1 3924 N( )( ) 287. 318. 335. 383. 398. 424. 466. 489. 514.30� 21/4� 39� AP1 3930 N( )( ) 310. 345. 362. 415. 432. 459. 505. 531. 557.36� 21/4� 39� AP1 3936 N( )( ) 347. 386. 406. 463. 482. 513. 565. 593. 622.42� 21/4� 39� AP1 3942 N( )( ) 391. 435. 458. 523. 544. 579. 639. 670. 702.48� 21/4� 39� AP1 3948 N( )( ) 426. 474. 497. 569. 592. 629. 694. 728. 764.60� 21/4� 39� AP1 3960 N( )( ) 496. 550. 578. 659. 687. 732. 806. n/a n/a
48�H 18� 21/4� 48� AP1 4818 N( )( ) 298. 331. 346. 396. 413. 439. 484. 508. 534.24� 21/4� 48� AP1 4824 N( )( ) 337. 374. 393. 450. 468. 498. 547. 574. 603.30� 21/4� 48� AP1 4830 N( )( ) 366. 407. 427. 488. 509. 541. 595. 624. 655.36� 21/4� 48� AP1 4836 N( )( ) 411. 456. 478. 546. 569. 606. 667. 700. 734.42� 21/4� 48� AP1 4842 N( )( ) 461. 512. 538. 615. 642. 681. 750. 786. 826.48� 21/4� 48� AP1 4848 N( )( ) 502. 557. 586. 669. 697. 740. 815. 856. 899.60� 21/4� 48� AP1 4860 N( )( ) 584. 649. 681. 779. 811. 863. 950. n/a n/a
64�H 18� 21/4� 64� AP1 6418 A( )( ) 387. 430. 452. 515. 538. 571. 628. 659. 694.24� 21/4� 64� AP1 6424 A( )( ) 426. 474. 497. 569. 592. 629. 694. 728. 764.30� 21/4� 64� AP1 6430 A( )( ) 478. 532. 558. 640. 666. 706. 779. 816. 857.36� 21/4� 64� AP1 6436 A( )( ) 517. 575. 605. 692. 721. 765. 842. 884. 929.42� 21/4� 64� AP1 6442 A( )( ) 571. 634. 667. 762. 794. 844. 929. 976. 1,024.48� 21/4� 64� AP1 6448 A( )( ) 612. 679. 711. 814. 849. 902. 993. 1,043. 1,094.60� 21/4� 64� AP1 6460 A( )( ) 694. 769. 808. 924. 962. 1,022. 1,125. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AP1 3924 N15 813
AP1 Currents screen39 Height24 WidthN Surface type15 Fabric group813 Trim color
Specification Information
Surface types:N UpholsteredA High performance acoustical
upholsteredSpecify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top cap.
Linkable screen legs are trim grey.
Application Notes
Linkable screens divideworkstations perpendicular toservice wall where base raceway isnot required. Linkable screensconnect with standardMorrison/Currents wall starters andCurrents linkable screenconnectors.
Screens are supported by two legswith leveling glides and includeCurrents top cap. Specifyconnectors separately.
Upholstered 39� and 48� screensuse Morrison Options panelconstruction. Upholstered 64�screens use high performanceacoustical Morrison panelconstruction.
Currents
54
Linkable screensmarker surface both sides
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Linkable screens 48�H 24� 21/8� 48� AP1 4824M( ) $577.30� 21/8� 48� AP1 4830M( ) 622.36� 21/8� 48� AP1 4836M( ) 686.42� 21/8� 48� AP1 4842M( ) 770.48� 21/8� 48� AP1 4848M( ) 862.
64�H 24� 21/8� 64� AP1 6424M( ) 654.30� 21/8� 64� AP1 6430M( ) 742.36� 21/8� 64� AP1 6436M( ) 843.42� 21/8� 64� AP1 6442M( ) 937.48� 21/8� 64� AP1 6448M( ) 1,046.
Order Code
Example: AP1 4824M 813
AP1 Currents screen48 Height24 WidthM Surface type813 Trim color
Specification Information
Surface types:M Marker surface
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top cap.
Linkable screen legs are trim grey.
Application Notes
Linkable screens divideworkstations perpendicular toservice wall where base raceway isnot required. Linkable screensconnect with standardMorrison/Currents wall starters andCurrents linkable screenconnectors.
Screens are supported by two legswith leveling glides and includeCurrents top cap. Specifyconnectors separately.
Marker surface linkable screens useMorrison veneer panel construction.
Currents
55
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Linkable screensmarker/upholstered combination
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Linkable screens 48�H 24� 21/8� 48� AP1 4824M( )( ) $457. $478. $486. $516. $525. $541. $566. $578. $597.30� 21/8� 48� AP1 4830M( )( ) 496. 514. 523. 556. 565. 582. 614. 627. 649.36� 21/8� 48� AP1 4836M( )( ) 545. 569. 575. 614. 624. 647. 678. 695. 719.42� 21/8� 48� AP1 4842M( )( ) 616. 640. 648. 691. 700. 724. 761. 780. 807.48� 21/8� 48� AP1 4848M( )( ) 681. 706. 716. 762. 781. 813. 842. 863. 892.
64�H 24� 21/8� 64� AP1 6424M( )( ) 535. 568. 574. 615. 630. 661. 694. 709. 735.30� 21/8� 64� AP1 6430M( )( ) 602. 639. 646. 691. 706. 736. 768. 787. 815.36� 21/8� 64� AP1 6436M( )( ) 669. 706. 719. 763. 784. 820. 850. 872. 901.42� 21/8� 64� AP1 6442M( )( ) 734. 783. 794. 846. 863. 894. 932. 956. 989.48� 21/8� 64� AP1 6448M( )( ) 837. 889. 900. 955. 976. 1,012. 1,058. 1,085. 1,121.
Order Code
Example: AP1 4824M20 813
AP1 Currents screen48 Height24 WidthM Surface type20 Fabric group813 Trim color
Specification Information
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top cap.
Linkable screen legs are trim grey.
Application Notes
Linkable screens divideworkstations perpendicular toservice wall where base raceway isnot required. Linkable screensconnect with standardMorrison/Currents wall starters andCurrents linkable screenconnectors.
Screens are supported by two legswith leveling glides and includeCurrents top cap. Specifyconnectors separately.
Combination upholstered screensuse Morrison veneer/combinationpanel construction.
Currents
56
Linkable screenstrim
description type w d h pattern no. price
End trim, linkable screens (no connector) 39� screen – 2� 39� AA139E( ) $34.48� screen – 2� 48� AA148E( ) 35.64� screen – 2� 64� AA164E( ) 36.
Raceway cover for Currents end connector or endtrim on Morrison panel
AA1RE( ) 22.
Top trim, linkable screens (replacement part) 6� 2� – AA1T06( ) 8.18� 2� – AA1T18( ) 10.24� 2� – AA1T24( ) 12.30� 2� – AA1T30( ) 17.36� 2� – AA1T36( ) 19.42� 2� – AA1T42( ) 20.48� 2� – AA1T48( ) 22.60� 2� – AA1T60( ) 25.
Linkable screen feet, pair (replacement part) AP1 LF 47.
Carpet grips (set of 10) MM2-CG 16.
Non-skid pads (set of 10) AA1NSK 28.
Order Code
Example: AA1 T06 813
AA1 T Top trim, panel06 Width813 Trim color
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for racewaycover for Currents end connector.
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for end trim and toptrim.
Linkable screen legs are trim grey.
Application Notes
End trim is economical vertical trimcover for linkable screen where noend connector (or cantilever track)is required. End trim includes topcap.
Raceway cover encloses end ofMorrison panel raceway underCurrents end trim or end connector.
Top trim corresponds in width tolinkable screens or Morrison panels.No Currents top trim is available forMorrison connectors (specifylinkable screen connectors).
Top caps are included with Currentsscreen connectors.
Linkable screen feet may be orderedto convert Morrison panels withraceway to Currents linkablescreens.
Currents
57
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Linkable screens90° and end connectors
description type w d h pattern no. no finish trim grey
Connector track No trim – – 39� MC1-39S1 $37.No trim – – 48� MC1-48S1 42.No trim – – 64� MC1-64S1 46.
90° 2-way L 2� 2� 39� AC1 39L2( ) 115.2� 2� 48� AC1 48L2( ) 121.2� 2� 64� AC1 64L2( ) 130.
90° 3-way T 21/4� 2� 39� AC1 39T3( ) 146.21/4� 2� 48� AC1 48T3( ) 154.21/4� 2� 64� AC1 64T3( ) 166.
90° 4-way X 21/4� 21/4� 39� AC1 39X4( ) 171.21/4� 21/4� 48� AC1 48X4( ) 190.21/4� 21/4� 64� AC1 64X4( ) 212.
End connector (with connector track) 1� 2� 39� AC1 39E1( ) 51.1� 2� 48� AC1 48E1( ) 55.1� 2� 64� AC1 64E1( ) 61.
Order Code
Example: AC1 39L2 813
AC1 Linkable screenconnector
39 HeightL2 90° 2-way L813 Trim color
Specification Information
Specify trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top and verticaltrim.
Connector post is painted blackextrusion.
Carpet grips are black integral colorsurface.
Application Notes
Connectors join linkable screens orMorrison panels in straight, 90° or120° post configurations.
Linkable screen connectors includeconnector tracks, universal postsand top and vertical trim (whererequired).
Connector tracks have cantileverslots for worksurface and storagesupport.
L, T and X connectors include auniversal post and 2, 3 or 4connector tracks and top cap.
End trim may be specified insteadof an end connector if cantilevercapability is not required.
Carpet grips snap into linkablescreen glides to prevent componentsfrom sliding. Glide rotates in carpetgrip to permit levelling.
Non-skid grips snap into glides toprevent sliding on hard surfacefloors.
Currents
58
Linkable screens120° connectors
description h pattern no. list price
120°, 2-way 39� AC1 39V2( ) $128.48� AC1 48V2( ) 133.64� AC1 64V2( ) 145.
120°, 3-way 39� AC1 39Y3( ) 157.48� AC1 48Y3( ) 162.64� AC1 64Y3( ) 174.
Order Code
Example: AC1 39V2 813
AC1 Linkable screenconnector
39 HeightV2 120° 2-way813 Trim color
Specification Information
Speicfy trim grey or easy greyintegral color for top and verticaltrim.
Connector post is painted blackextrusion.
Carpet grips are black integral colorsurface.
Application Information
Connectors join linkable screens orMorrison panels in straight, 90° or120° post configurations.
The connectors include connectortracks, a triangular post and top andvertical trim (where required).
Currents
59
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Wall-connected screenstranslucent surfaces
description w d h pattern no. translucent
39� H wall-connected screen 24� 2� 39� AF 3924 TCP ( ) $912.36� 2� 39� AF 3936 TCP ( ) 989.48� 2� 39� AF 3948 TCP ( ) 1,064.60� 2� 39� AF 3960 TCP ( ) 1,293.72� 2� 39� AF 3972 TCP ( ) 1,520.
48� H wall-connected screen 24� 2� 48� AF 4824 TCP ( ) 1,064.36� 2� 48� AF 4836 TCP ( ) 1,141.48� 2� 48� AF 4848 TCP ( ) 1,217.60� 2� 48� AF 4860 TCP ( ) 1,445.72� 2� 48� AF 4872 TCP ( ) 1,674.
64� H wall-connected screen 24� 2� 64� AF 6424 TCP ( ) 1,217.36� 2� 64� AF 6436 TCP ( ) 1,445.48� 2� 64� AF 6448 TCP ( ) 1,674.60� 2� 64� AF 6460 TCP ( ) 1,977.
Screen starter 4� 1� 16� AA1B( ) 119.
Screen-to-worksurface bracket AFWB 60.
Order Code
Example: AF 4872 TCP 612
AF Screen48 Height72 WidthT Surface typeC Surface finishP Base type612 Base finish
Specification Information
Surface types:T Translucent
Surface finishes:C Crystal
Specify base and screen starter paintfinish.
Base type:P Wall-connected
Application Notes
Translucent screens have fullsurfaces of luminous fiberglassenclosing a lightweight, rigid frame.Continuous edge trim is trim grey.
Wall connected screens have onesupport post with levelling glide.
Wall connected screens attach toservice wall or Currents T-end only,and cannot be linked.
Specify screen starter to connectscreen perpendicular to service wallface. Clamp bracket attacheswall-connected screen anywherealong structural base. Outsidesurface of screen at end of wall willbe approximately 1� from end.
No screen starter is needed to attachservice wall-connected screen tocorresponding height CurrentsT-end at end of spine.
Screen-to-worksurface bracketstabilizes wall-connected screen byattaching to underside ofworksurface at any height.
Specify left or right end ofworksurface.
Currents
60
Mobile screenstranslucent and upholstered surfaces
description type w d h pattern no.non-
upholstered 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Mobile screen, translucent 48�H 48� 2� 48� AF 4848 TCM ( ) $1,370.60� 2� 48� AF 4860 TCM ( ) 1,597.72� 2� 48� AF 4872 TCM ( ) 1,826.
64�H 48� 2� 64� AF 6448 TCM ( ) 1,826.60� 2� 64� AF 6460 TCM ( ) 2,131.
Mobile screen, upholstered 48�H 48� 2� 48� AF 4848 AM ( )( ) 1,315. 1,351. 1,387. 1,462. 1,498. 1,536. 1,571. 1,646. 1,720.60� 2� 48� AF 4860 AM ( )( ) 1,436. 1,473. 1,511. 1,585. 1,622. 1,658. 1,694. 1,768. 1,843.
64�H 48� 2� 64� AF 6448 AM ( )( ) 1,426. 1,473. 1,523. 1,622. 1,670. 1,720. 1,768. 1,867. 1,966.60� 2� 64� AF 6460 AM ( )( ) 1,670. 1,720. 1,768. 1,867. 1,916. 1,966. 2,013. 2,112. 2,211.
Order Code
Example: AF 4872 TCM 612
AF Screen48 Height72 WidthT Surface typeC Surface finishM Base type612 Base finish
Specification Information
Surface types:T TranslucentA Tackable upholstered
Surface finishes:C Crystal
Specify base finish.
Base type:M Mobile
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Translucent screens have fullsurfaces of luminous fiberglassenclosing a lightweight, rigid frame.Continuous edge trim is trim grey.
Upholstered screens are tackable,acoustical surface both sides.Continuous edge trim is trim grey.
The bottom 15� of upholsteredmobile screens consists ofsupporting ballast board and is nottackable area.
Mobile screens are supported bystabilizer feet.
Non-locking casters to meet BIFMAstability standards.
When ordering 60� wideupholstered screens, please checkwidth of fabric selected.
Currents
61
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Add-up panelstranslucent or perforated surfaceservice wall crown applications
description w d h pattern no. list price
12�H add-up panels, translucent fiberglass 24� 2� 12� AU 1224 TC $393.36� 2� 12� AU 1236 TC 450.48� 2� 12� AU 1248 TC 505.60� 2� 12� AU 1260 TC 590.72� 2� 12� AU 1272 TC 674.
21�H add-up panels, translucent fiberglass 24� 2� 21� AU 2124 TC 590.36� 2� 21� AU 2136 TC 674.48� 2� 21� AU 2148 TC 758.60� 2� 21� AU 2160 TC 885.72� 2� 21� AU 2172 TC 1,011.
28�H add-up panels, translucent fiberglass 24� 2� 28� AU 2824 TC 590.36� 2� 28� AU 2836 TC 674.48� 2� 28� AU 2848 TC 758.60� 2� 28� AU 2860 TC 885.72� 2� 28� AU 2872 TC 1,011.
12�H add-up panels, perforated 24� 2� 12� AU 1224 H 601.36� 2� 12� AU 1236 H 687.48� 2� 12� AU 1248 H 775.60� 2� 12� AU 1260 H 902.72� 2� 12� AU 1272 H 1,032.
21�H add-up panels, perforated 24� 2� 21� AU 2124 H 902.36� 2� 21� AU 2136 H 1,032.48� 2� 21� AU 2148 H 1,160.60� 2� 21� AU 2160 H 1,354.72� 2� 21� AU 2172 H 1,546.
Order Code
Example: AU 2848 TC
AU Add up panel28 Height48 WidthT Surface typeC Finish
Specification Information
Surface type:TC Translucent fiberglassH PerforatedPerforated panel finish is light grey.Edge trim for add-up panels isintegral color trim grey.
Panes are molded translucent finishand are ordered in sets of 4.
Application Notes
Add-up panels add privacy andlight control above any heightCurrents service wall. Bottom edge,with wedge-shape plugs, inserts incenter of crown at any point,regardless of upmounted storage.Add-up panels include continuousedge trim.
Panes add privacy above Fence andany height Currents service wall.
Bottom edge inserts in center ofcrown at any point.
Overall height of service wall with 4�standard crown and Add-up panels:Nominal Add-up Overallwall
heightheight height
39� 12� 55�39� 21� 64�39� 28� 71�48� 12� 64�48� 21� 73�48� 28� 80�64� 12� 80�64� 21� 89�64� 28� 96�
Currents
62
Add-up panelstranslucent or perforated surfaceservice wall crown applications
description w d h pattern no. list price
panes (set of 4) 12� 13/4� 12� AU 1212 T 4 $292.
Order Code
Example: AU 2848 TC
AU Add up panel28 Height48 WidthT Surface typeC Finish
Specification Information
Surface type:TC Translucent fiberglassH PerforatedPerforated panel finish is light grey.Edge trim for add-up panels isintegral color trim grey.
Panes are molded translucent finishand are ordered in sets of 4.
Application Notes
Add-up panels add privacy andlight control above any heightCurrents service wall. Bottom edge,with wedge-shape plugs, inserts incenter of crown at any point,regardless of upmounted storage.Add-up panels include continuousedge trim.
Panes add privacy above Fence andany height Currents service wall.
Bottom edge inserts in center ofcrown at any point.
Overall height of service wall with 4�standard crown and Add-up panels:Nominal Add-up Overallwall
heightheight height
39� 12� 55�39� 21� 64�39� 28� 71�48� 12� 64�48� 21� 73�48� 28� 80�64� 12� 80�64� 21� 89�64� 28� 96�
Currents
63
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Add-up panelsupholstered surfaceservice wall crown applications
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
12�H add-up panels 24� 2� 12� AU 1224 A ( ) $321. $334. $346. $370. $383. $394. $406. $430. $453.36� 2� 12� AU 1236 A ( ) 370. 383. 394. 418. 430. 441. 453. 477. 502.48� 2� 12� AU 1248 A ( ) 418. 430. 441. 466. 477. 489. 502. 525. 549.60� 2� 12� AU 1260 A ( ) 489. 502. 513. 538. 549. 562. 572. 596. 621.
21�H add-up panels 24� 2� 21� AU 2124 A ( ) 399. 418. 435. 471. 489. 508. 525. 562. 596.36� 2� 21� AU 2136 A ( ) 460. 477. 495. 531. 549. 567. 586. 621. 656.48� 2� 21� AU 2148 A ( ) 518. 538. 555. 591. 609. 626. 645. 680. 716.60� 2� 21� AU 2160 A ( ) 609. 626. 645. 680. 699. 716. 733. 769. 806.
28�H add-up panels 24� 2� 28� AU 2824 A ( ) 477. 502. 525. 572. 596. 621. 645. 693. 739.36� 2� 28� AU 2836 A ( ) 549. 572. 596. 645. 669. 693. 716. 763. 811.48� 2� 28� AU 2848 A ( ) 621. 645. 669. 716. 739. 763. 787. 836. 883.60� 2� 28� AU 2860 A ( ) 728. 752. 777. 823. 847. 872. 895. 943. 991.
Order Code
Example: AU 2848 A20
AU Add up panel28 Height48 WidthA Surface type20 Fabric group
Specification Information
Surface types:A Tackable upholsteredSpecify fabric group for upholsteredadd-up panels:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55Edge trim is integral color trim greyfinish.
Application Notes
Add-up panels add visual andacoustical privacy above any heightCurrents service wall. Bottom edge,with wedge-shape plugs, inserts incenter of crown at any point,regardless of upmounted storage.Add-up panels include continuousedge trim.
Upholstered add-up panels havebeen tested to NRC .60 and STC21.
When ordering 60� wide panels,please check width of fabricselected.
Overall height of service wall with 4�standard crown and Add-up panels:Nominal Add-up Overallwall
heightheight height
39� 12� 55�39� 21� 64�39� 28� 71�48� 12� 64�48� 21� 73�48� 28� 80�64� 12� 80�64� 21� 89�64� 28� 96�
Currents
64
Add up glass panels, for spine
description type width depth height pattern numberclear
tempered powder
Add up panels frameless glass 24� 1/2� 12� AUA1 1224 G ( ) $260. $270.36� 1/2� 12� AUA1 1236 G ( ) 364. 379.48� 1/2� 12� AUA1 1248 G ( ) 468. 487.60� 1/2� 12� AUA1 1260 G ( ) 572. 595.72� 1/2� 12� AUA1 1272 G ( ) 676. 703.
Order Code
Example: AUA1 1248 G TEMP
AUA1 Autostrada add up panel12 Height48 WidthG TypeTEMP Finish
Specification Information
Add up type:G Glass
Glass add-ups are available with thefollowing glass options:TEMP Clear temperedGL13 Powder
Application Notes
Add-up panels add acousticalprivacy and light control above anyheight spine wall.
Anodized aluminum base frameinserts in center of any spine crownand is secured by bolts withincrown.
Frameless glass add-ups can bepositioned at any 3� increment instandard or compact crown with anycover type.
Currents
65
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Add-up panel connectors and fillersfield retrofit kits
description type pattern no. list price
Field Retrofit Trim Kit for non-stackable add-uppanels
12 x 24 AUA1224 n/c12 x 36 AUA1236 n/c12 x 48 AUA1248 n/c12 x 60 AUA1260 n/c12 x 72 AUA1272 n/c21 x 24 AUA2124 n/c21 x 36 AUA2136 n/c21 x 48 AUA2148 n/c21 x 60 AUA2160 n/c21 x 72 AUA2172 n/c28 x 24 AUA2824 n/c28 x 36 AUA2836 n/c28 x 48 AUA2848 n/c28 x 60 AUA2860 n/c28 x 72 AUA2872 n/c
Order Code
Example: AUA1224
AU Add-upA Type12 Height24 Width
Specification Information
Finish is trim grey.
Fillers require retrofitting add-uppanels with new trim.
Retrofit trim kits are no-charge (n/c)items specified separately.
Currents
66
Add-up panel connectors and fillersservice wall applications
description w d h pattern no. list price
Straight alignment clip 3� 2� – AU1 CS $10.
L connector add-up fillers 6� 6� 16� AU1 CL12 290.6� 6� 25� AU1 CL21 347.6� 6� 32� AU1 CL28 406.
T connector add-up fillers 6� 6� 16� AU1 CT12 290.6� 6� 25� AU1 CT21 347.6� 6� 32� AU1 CT28 406.
T-end 11/8� extension fillers 2� 11/8� 16� AU1 X112 174.2� 11/8� 25� AU1 X121 202.2� 11/8� 32� AU1 X128 232.
T-end 31/2� extension fillers 2� 31/2� 16� AU1 X312 232.2� 31/2� 25� AU1 X321 261.2� 31/2� 32� AU1 X328 290.
Order Code
Example: AU1 CL12
AU1 Add-upCL Connector type12 Application
Specification Information
Add-up fillers and alignment clipare painted trim grey finish.
Pattern numbers correspond toadd-up panel height.
Application Notes
Straight connector clips overadjacent non-stackable add-uppanels.
Add-up fillers join between add-uppanels over a service wallconnection or a T-end to extendenclosure from bottom of crown totop of add-up. Fillers requireretrofitting add-up panels with newtrim.
Retrofit kits are no-charge itemsthat are specified separately.
Currents
67
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Stackable add-up panelsglazed, translucent fiberglass, perforated, and marker surfacefirst up panels
description w d h pattern no.acrylic
W (C,S)acrylicW (T)
fiberglass(TC)
perforated(H)
marker(M)
First up panel on service wall crown 24� 2� 12� AY1 1224C( ) $491. $535. $573. $752. $513.36� 2� 12� AY1 1236C( ) 571. 623. 675. 925. 596.48� 2� 12� AY1 1248C( ) 651. 712. 797. 1,116. 707.60� 2� 12� AY1 1260C( ) 696. 764. 912. 1,325. n/a24� 2� 21� AY1 2124C( ) 534. 580. 613. 836. 577.36� 2� 21� AY1 2136C( ) 622. 681. 733. 1,039. 674.48� 2� 21� AY1 2148C( ) 710. 781. 866. 1,269. 805.60� 2� 21� AY1 2160C( ) 811. 892. 994. 1,511. n/a24� 2� 28� AY1 2824C( ) 740. 814. 727. 1,002. 618.36� 2� 28� AY1 2836C( ) 877. 966. 866. 1,256. 725.48� 2� 28� AY1 2848C( ) 1,015. 1,120. 1,039. 1,542. 865.60� 2� 28� AY1 2860C( ) 1,101. 1,211. 1,198. 1,843. n/a
First up panel on linkable screen or Morrisonpanel
18� 2� 16� AY1 1618M( ) 463. 503. n/a n/a n/a24� 2� 16� AY1 1624M( ) 503. 546. 764. 1,077. 538.30� 2� 16� AY1 1630M( ) 544. 594. n/a n/a 578.36� 2� 16� AY1 1636M( ) 587. 642. 925. 1,371. 626.42� 2� 16� AY1 1642M( ) 625. 684. n/a n/a 678.48� 2� 16� AY1 1648M( ) 668. 731. 1,109. 1,714. 745.60� 2� 16� AY1 1660M( ) 725. 790. 1,281. 2,026. n/a18� 2� 25� AY1 2518M( ) 589. 644. n/a n/a n/a24� 2� 25� AY1 2524M( ) 644. 704. 797. 1,142. 599.30� 2� 25� AY1 2530M( ) 700. 768. n/a n/a 650.36� 2� 25� AY1 2536M( ) 757. 833. 963. 1,460. 702.42� 2� 25� AY1 2542M( ) 813. 894. n/a n/a 770.48� 2� 25� AY1 2548M( ) 872. 959. 1,160. 1,829. 838.60� 2� 25� AY1 2560M( ) 927. 1,019. 1,346. 2,166. n/a
Order Code
Example: AY1 1636M WC 117
AY1 Stackable add-up16 Height36 WidthM Mounting kitW Surface typeC Acrylic finish117 Frame finish
Specification Information
Top and edge trim are trim grey.
Specify surface type.W GlazedTC Translucent fiberglassH perforated (light metallic
grey only)M Marker surface (both sides)
For glazed panels specify acrylic:C Clear tempered glassS Smoked acrylicT Translucent acrylic
For glazed panels also specify framefinish.
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on service walls,linkable screens or Morrison panels.First up panels include top and edgetrims and bayonet supports that bolton to Currents service wall frame ortop of screen or panel. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Specify trim caps and connectorsseparately.
Currents
68
Stackable add-up panelsglazed, translucent fiberglass, perforated, and marker surfacenext up panels
description w d h pattern no.acrylic
W (C,S)acrylicW (T)
fiberglass(TC)
perforated(H)
marker(M)
Next up panel on stackable add-up panels 18� 2� 16� AY1 1618S( ) $463. $503. n/a n/a n/a24� 2� 16� AY1 1624S( ) 503. 546. 764. 1,077. 538.30� 2� 16� AY1 1630S( ) 544. 594. n/a n/a 578.36� 2� 16� AY1 1636S( ) 587. 642. 925. 1,371. 626.42� 2� 16� AY1 1642S( ) 625. 684. n/a n/a 678.48� 2� 16� AY1 1648S( ) 668. 731. 1,109. 1,714. 745.60� 2� 16� AY1 1660S( ) 725. 790. 1,281. 2,026. n/a
Order Code
Example: AY1 1636S WC 117
AY1 Stackable add-up16 Height36 WidthS Mounting kitW Surface typeC Acrylic finish117 Frame finish
Specification Information
Top and edge trim are trim grey.
Specify surface type.W GlazedTC Translucent fiberglassH perforated (light grey only)M Marker surface (both sides)
For glazed panels specify acrylic:C Clear tempered glassS Smoked acrylicT Translucent acrylic
For glazed panels also specify framefinish.
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on service walls,linkable screens or Morrison panels.Next up panels include intermediatemasts that engage into sides ofcorresponding width first up ornext-up panels. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Specify trim caps and connectorsseparately.
Currents
69
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Stackable add-up panelsupholsteredfirst up panels
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
First up panel on service wall crown 24� 21/4� 12� AY1 1224C A( ) $384. $415. $423. $465. $486. $517. $546. $568. $596.36� 21/4� 12� AY1 1236C A( ) 447. 487. 497. 549. 575. 616. 653. 680. 716.48� 21/4� 12� AY1 1248C A( ) 519. 571. 586. 649. 679. 728. 777. 809. 853.60� 21/4� 12� AY1 1260C A( ) 583. 641. 655. 730. 765. 822. 878. 916. 967.24� 21/4� 21� AY1 2124C A( ) 420. 457. 466. 513. 538. 572. 609. 630. 666.36� 21/4� 21� AY1 2136C A( ) 493. 539. 550. 612. 641. 684. 730. 759. 801.48� 21/4� 21� AY1 2148C A( ) 577. 634. 650. 726. 759. 815. 869. 907. 958.60� 21/4� 21� AY1 2160C A( ) 648. 712. 731. 817. 859. 924. 986. 1,030. 1,088.
First up panel on linkable screen 18� 21/4� 16� AY1 1618M A( ) 375. 409. 416. 459. 477. 509. 539. 560. 588.24� 21/4� 16� AY1 1624M A( ) 396. 430. 435. 482. 504. 538. 569. 591. 621.30� 21/4� 16� AY1 1630M A( ) 430. 469. 478. 529. 552. 591. 625. 650. 684.36� 21/4� 16� AY1 1636M A( ) 462. 505. 515. 571. 599. 642. 681. 708. 748.42� 21/4� 16� AY1 1642M A( ) 508. 556. 569. 633. 664. 709. 758. 788. 834.48� 21/4� 16� AY1 1648M A( ) 541. 594. 609. 675. 707. 760. 810. 843. 891.60� 21/4� 16� AY1 1660M A( ) 606. 667. 683. 761. 800. 860. 918. 957. 1,011.18� 21/4� 25� AY1 2518M A( ) 412. 448. 458. 505. 528. 564. 596. 620. 652.24� 21/4� 25� AY1 2524M A( ) 434. 474. 484. 534. 558. 595. 631. 656. 693.30� 21/4� 25� AY1 2530M A( ) 474. 517. 529. 586. 614. 655. 698. 727. 765.36� 21/4� 25� AY1 2536M A( ) 510. 560. 571. 634. 666. 712. 760. 790. 836.42� 21/4� 25� AY1 2542M A( ) 563. 618. 631. 705. 738. 796. 848. 884. 934.48� 21/4� 25� AY1 2548M A( ) 600. 659. 677. 756. 790. 850. 907. 947. 1,002.60� 21/4� 25� AY1 2560M A( ) 674. 742. 762. 853. 895. 964. 1,031. 1,074. 1,136.
Order Code
Example: AY1 1660M A20
AY1 Stackable panel16 Height60 WidthM Mounting kitA Surface type20 Fabric group
Specification Information
Top and trim edge are trim grey.
Surface type:A Tackable upholstered
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on service walls,linkable screens or Morrison panels.First up panels include top and edgetrims and bayonet supports that bolton to Currents service wall frame ortop of screen or panel. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Currents
70
Stackable add-up panelsupholsterednext up panels
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Next up panel on stackable add-up panels 18� 21/4� 16� AY1 1618S A( ) $375. $409. $416. $459. $477. $509. $539. $560. $588.24� 21/4� 16� AY1 1624S A( ) 396. 430. 438. 482. 504. 538. 569. 591. 621.30� 21/4� 16� AY1 1630S A( ) 430. 469. 478. 529. 552. 591. 625. 650. 684.36� 21/4� 16� AY1 1636S A( ) 462. 505. 515. 571. 599. 642. 681. 708. 748.42� 21/4� 16� AY1 1642S A( ) 508. 556. 569. 633. 664. 709. 758. 788. 834.48� 21/4� 16� AY1 1648S A( ) 541. 594. 609. 675. 707. 760. 810. 843. 891.60� 21/4� 16� AY1 1660S A( ) 606. 667. 683. 761. 800. 860. 918. 957. 1,011.
Order Code
Example: AY1 1660S A20
AY1 Stackable panel16 Height60 WidthS Mounting kitA Surface type20 Fabric group
Specification Information
Top and trim edge are trim grey.
Surface type:A Tackable upholstered
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Application Notes
Stackable add-up panels provideadaptable privacy on service walls,linkable screens or Morrison panels.Next up panels include intermediatemasts that engage into sides ofcorresponding width first up ornext-up panels. All stackableadd-up panels may be removedwithout tools.
Currents
71
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Stackable add-up connectors and fillersstackable add-up panels orMorrison panels perpendicular to service wall
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Crown fillers for stackable add-up panelsperpendicular to service wall
First up 2� 2� 16� AY1 PC16 $186.First up 2� 2� 25� AY1 PC25 197.First up 2� 2� 32� AY1 PC32 208.Next up 2� 2� 16� AY1 SPC16 174.
Crown fillers for Morrison perpendicular toservice wall
21/4� 21/4� 16� AU1 PC12( ) 115.21/4� 21/4� 25� AU1 PC21( ) 145.21/4� 21/4� 32� AU1 PC28( ) 174.
Order Code
Example: AU1 PC12 613
AU1 Add-up panelPC Crown filler12 Height613 Finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for vertical cover andtop cap.
Application Notes
Crown fillers extend from stackableadd-up panel or Morrison panel oradd-on panel connector to surface ofcrown-mounted add-up panels.
Specify connector separately.
Crown filler includes top cap.
Currents
72
Stackable add-up connectors and fillerscrown and linkable screen applications
description type w d h pattern no. price
Trim caps End cap AY1 CE $5.Straight cap 2� 2� – AY1 CS 5.
Corner first up stackable connectors overlinkable screens
2� 2� 16� AY1 LL16 174.2� 2� 25� AY1 LL25 197.2� 2� 32� AY1 LL32 220.
Corner next up stackable connectors overlinkable screens
2� 2� 16� AY1 SL16 208.
T first up stackable connectors over linkablescreens
2� 2� 16� AY1 LT16 220.2� 2� 25� AY1 LT25 243.2� 2� 32� AY1 LT32 266.
T next up stackable connectors over linkablescreens
2� 2� 16� AY1 ST16 255.
Order Code
Example: AY1 LL16
AY1 Stackable add-upL Screen applicationL Configuration16 Height
Specification Information
Connector caps and connector trimsare integral color trim grey.
Application Notes
Trim caps are specified byapplication to fill top corners ofstackable add-up panels. Straightcap aligns adjacent add-up panels.End cap finishes the end of a run ofadd-up panels.
Stackable connectors join stackableadd-up panels over a linkablescreen connector. Next upconnectors correspond to next uppanels.
Currents
73
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Stackable add-up connectors and fillerscrown and linkable screen applications
description type w d h pattern no. price
X first up stackable connectors over linkablescreens
2� 2� 16� AY1 LX16 $255.2� 2� 25� AY1 LX25 290.2� 2� 32� AY1 LX32 313.
X next up stackable connectors over linkablescreens - X next up
2� 2� 16� AY1 SX16 290.
First up straight post 2� 2� 16� AY1 LP16 197.2� 2� 25� AY1 LP25 220.2� 2� 32� AY1 LP32 243.
Next up straight post 2� 2� 16� AY1 SP16 232.
Order Code
Example: AY1 LL16
AY1 Stackable add-upL Screen applicationL Configuration16 Height
Specification Information
Connector caps and connector trimsare integral color trim grey.
Application Notes
Trim caps are specified byapplication to fill top corners ofstackable add-up panels. Straightcap aligns adjacent add-up panels.End cap finishes the end of a run ofadd-up panels.
Stackable connectors join stackableadd-up panels over a linkablescreen connector. Next upconnectors correspond to next uppanels.
Currents
74
Stackable add-up connectors and fillersservice wall, T-end and linkable screen applications
description type w d h pattern no. list price
Stackable accessories Crown-mount masts (replacement) AY1 CMK $47.High-low adapter kit AY1 HLA 58.Linkable screen masts (replacement AY1 MMK 47.Stacking hardware kit (replacement) AY1 SMK 34.
90° 2-way L first up corner fillers 6� 6� 16� AY1 CL12 347.6� 6� 25� AY1 CL21 406.6� 6� 32� AY1 CL28 463.
90° 2-way L next up corner fillers 6� 6� 16� AY1 SCL16 383.
90° 3-way T corner fillers 7� 6� 16� AY1 CT12 406.7� 6� 25� AY1 CT21 463.7� 6� 32� AY1 CT28 522.
90° 3-way T next up corner fillers 7� 6� 16� AY1 SCT16 440.
Order Code
Example: AY1 CL28
AY1 Stackable add-upCL Connector type28 Height
Specification Information
Stackable add-up fillers and trimare trim grey finish.
Application Notes
Hi-low adapter kit includes an endcap and a bayonet with attachmentholes to join stackable add-uppanels in a straight high/lowconfiguration. The adapter alsoadapts a corner, T, or X post forhigh/low corner configurations.
Corner fillers join stackableadd-ups and fill the space above aCurrents service wall L or Tconnection.
T-end extension fillers fill the 11/8�or 31/2� space above the extendingarea of a T-end connection at theend of a service wall with stackableadd-up panels.
T-end stackable fillers fill the7�-wide space above a T-end whenattached linkable screens orMorrison panels have stackableadd-ups.
All fillers engage into the topcorners of corresponding heightstackable add-up panels.
Currents
75
Scr
eens
and
add-
uppa
nels
Stackable add-up connectors and fillersservice wall, T-end and linkable screen applications
description type w d h pattern no. list price
90° 4-way X corner fillers 7� 7� 16� AY1 CX12 $463.7� 7� 25� AY1 CX21 522.7� 7� 32� AY1 CX28 579.
90° 4-way next up corner fillers 7� 7� 16� AY1 SCX16 498.
First up, T-end extension fillers 1� extension 1� 2� 16� AY1 X112 162.1� extension 1� 2� 25� AY1 X121 174.1� extension 1� 2� 32� AY1 X128 186.31/2� extension 31/2� 2� 16� AY1 X312 174.31/2� extension 31/2� 2� 25� AY1 X321 186.31/2� extension 31/2� 2� 32� AY1 X328 197.
Next up 1� fillers 1� 2� 16� AY1 SX116 174.
Next up 31/2� fillers 31/2� 2� 16� AY1 SX316 186.
T-end stackable fillers First up 7� 2� 16� AY1 AXT16 243.First up 7� 2� 25� AY1 AXT25 266.First up 7� 2� 32� AY1 AXT32 290.Next up 7� 2� 16� AY1 AXST16 243.
Order Code
Example: AY1 CL28
AY1 Stackable add-upCL Connector type28 Height
Specification Information
Stackable add-up fillers and trimare trim grey finish.
Application Notes
Hi-low adapter kit includes an endcap and a bayonet with attachmentholes to join stackable add-uppanels in a straight high/lowconfiguration. The adapter alsoadapts a corner, T, or X post forhigh/low corner configurations.
Corner fillers join stackableadd-ups and fill the space above aCurrents service wall L or Tconnection.
T-end extension fillers fill the 11/8�or 31/2� space above the extendingarea of a T-end connection at theend of a service wall with stackableadd-up panels.
T-end stackable fillers fill the7�-wide space above a T-end whenattached linkable screens orMorrison panels have stackableadd-ups.
All fillers engage into the topcorners of corresponding heightstackable add-up panels.
Currents
76
Worksurfaces, universalstraight, curved and flat front13/4� wire drop
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D straight worksurface, curved front 24� 221/4� 1� AW1 S2424 ( ) $234. $350. $468.30� 221/4� 1� AW1 S3024 ( ) 258. 386. 515.36� 221/4� 1� AW1 S3624 ( ) 280. 422. 562.42� 221/4� 1� AW1 S4224 ( ) 305. 457. 609.48� 221/4� 1� AW1 S4824 ( ) 328. 491. 655.60� 221/4� 1� AW1 S6024 ( ) 374. 562. 750.66� 221/4� 1� AW1 S6624 ( ) 398. 596. 795.72� 221/4� 1� AW1 S7224 ( ) 422. 631. 842.84� 221/4� 1� AW1 S8424 ( ) 468. 702. 936.
30�D straight worksurface, curved front 36� 281/4� 1� AW1 S3630 ( ) 316. 474. 631.48� 281/4� 1� AW1 S4830 ( ) 362. 544. 726.60� 281/4� 1� AW1 S6030 ( ) 422. 631. 842.72� 281/4� 1� AW1 S7230 ( ) 491. 736. 983.84� 281/4� 1� AW1 S8430 ( ) 563. 843. 1,125.
24�D Straight worksurface, flat front 24� 221/4� 1� AW1 F2424 ( ) 234. 350. 468.30� 221/4� 1� AW1 F3024 ( ) 258. 386. 515.36� 221/4� 1� AW1 F3624 ( ) 280. 422. 562.42� 221/4� 1� AW1 F4224 ( ) 305. 457. 609.48� 221/4� 1� AW1 F4824 ( ) 328. 491. 655.60� 221/4� 1� AW1 F6024 ( ) 374. 562. 750.66� 221/4� 1� AW1 F6624 ( ) 398. 596. 795.72� 221/4� 1� AW1 F7224 ( ) 422. 631. 842.84� 221/4� 1� AW1 F8424 ( ) 468. 702. 936.
30�D straight worksurface, flat front 36� 281/4� 1� AW1 F3630 ( ) 316. 474. 631.48� 281/4� 1� AW1 F4830 ( ) 362. 544. 726.60� 281/4� 1� AW1 F6030 ( ) 422. 631. 842.72� 281/4� 1� AW1 F7230 ( ) 491. 736. 983.84� 281/4� 1� AW1 F8430 ( ) 563. 843. 1,125.
Order Code
Example: AW1 S4830 117
AW1 WorksurfaceS Straight48 Width30 Depth117 Top finish
Specification Information
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Specify top finish
Application Notes
Worksurfaces may beend-supported, cantilevered fromCurrents service wall, or supportedby C-leg or pedestal at each end.Universal worksurfaces areinterchangeable with Currentsdesks. Specify supports separately.
Straight worksurfaces have a 1�Dcurved front for additional surfacearea, or a flat front. Flat front allowstwo straight worksurfaces to meet atright angles.
24�D straight worksurfaces may becantilevered with two cantileverbrackets.
24� and 30�D straight worksurfacesmay be end supported with twoCurrents end support brackets.
Universal straight worksurfaces 36�wide and greater include a steelstiffener that doubles as a horizontalcable manager.
Currents
77
Wor
ksur
face
s
Worksurfaces, universalcorner13/4� wire drop
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AW1 C4242 S ( ) $522. $782. $1,043.48� 48� 1� AW1 C4848 S ( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AW1 C6060 S ( ) 811. n/a n/a
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AW1 C4242 D ( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AW1 C4848 D ( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AW1 C6060 D ( ) 811. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AW1 C4242 L ( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AW1 C4848 L ( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AW1 C6060 L ( ) 811. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AW1 C4242 R ( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AW1 C4848 R ( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AW1 C6060 R ( ) 811. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AW1 C4848S 117
AW1 WorksurfaceC Corner48 Width left48 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish.
Worksurface edges are trim grey.Clear maple laminate is notavailable on 60w x 60d corner tops.
Application Notes
Universal worksurfaces areinterchangeable with Currentsdesks. Specify worksurface supportsseparately.
Corner worksurfaces may besupported by two cantileverbrackets on one back edges incombination with C-leg or pedestalsupport on other end.
Universal corner worksurfacesinclude a steel stiffener on bothback edges that doubles as ahorizontal cable manager.
Currents
78
Worksurfaces, universalextended corner13/4� wire dropextended left
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 36� 1� AW1 C6036 S ( ) $579. $869. $1,159.60� 42� 1� AW1 C6042 S ( ) 638. 955. 1,273.60� 48� 1� AW1 C6048 S ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.72� 36� 1� AW1 C7236 S ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.72� 42� 1� AW1 C7242 S ( ) 753. 1,129. 1,506.72� 48� 1� AW1 C7248 S ( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.84� 36� 1� AW1 C8436 S ( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.84� 42� 1� AW1 C8442 S ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 48� 1� AW1 C8448 S ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 48� 1� AW1 C6048 D ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 48� 1� AW1 C7248 D ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 48� 1� AW1 C8448 D ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AW1 C6042 L ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.60� 48� 1� AW1 C6048 L ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 42� 1� AW1 C7242 L ( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.72� 48� 1� AW1 C7248 L ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 42� 1� AW1 C8442 L ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.84� 48� 1� AW1 C8448 L ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AW1 C6042 R ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.60� 48� 1� AW1 C6048 R ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 42� 1� AW1 C7242 R ( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.72� 48� 1� AW1 C7248 R ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 42� 1� AW1 C8442 R ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.84� 48� 1� AW1 C8448 R ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
Order Code
Example: AW1 C6036S 117
AW1 WorksurfaceC Corner60 Width left36 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish.
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Universal worksurfaces areinterchangeable with Currentsdesks. Specify worksurface supportsseparately.
Corner worksurfaces may besupported by two cantileverbrackets on one back edge incombination with C-leg or pedestalsupport on other end.
Universal extended cornerworksurfaces include a steelstiffener on both back edges thatdoubles as a horizontal cablemanager.
Currents
79
Wor
ksur
face
s
Worksurfaces, universalextended corner13/4� wire dropextended right
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedright
36� 60� 1� AW1 C3660 S ( ) $579. $869. $1,159.36� 72� 1� AW1 C3672 S ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.36� 84� 1� AW1 C3684 S ( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.42� 60� 1� AW1 C4260 S ( ) 638. 955. 1,273.42� 72� 1� AW1 C4272 S ( ) 753. 1,129. 1,506.42� 84� 1� AW1 C4284 S ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 60� 1� AW1 C4860 S ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.48� 72� 1� AW1 C4872 S ( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.48� 84� 1� AW1 C4884 S ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedright
48� 60� 1� AW1 C4860 D ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AW1 C4872 D ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AW1 C4884 D ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces,extended right
42� 60� 1� AW1 C4260 R ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.42� 72� 1� AW1 C4272 R ( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.42� 84� 1� AW1 C4284 R ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.48� 60� 1� AW1 C4860 R ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AW1 C4872 R ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AW1 C4884 R ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces,extended right
42� 60� 1� AW1 C4260 L ( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.42� 72� 1� AW1 C4272 L ( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.42� 84� 1� AW1 C4284 L ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.48� 60� 1� AW1 C4860 L ( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AW1 C4872 L ( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AW1 C4884 L ( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
Order Code
Example: AW1 C3660S 117
AW1 WorksurfaceC Corner36 Width left60 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish.
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Universal worksurfaces areinterchangeable with Currentsdesks. Specify worksurface supportsseparately.
Corner worksurfaces may besupported by two cantileverbrackets on one back edge incombination with C-leg or pedestalsupport on other end.
Universal extended cornerworksurfaces include a steelstiffener on both back edges thatdoubles as a horizontal cablemanager.
Currents
80
Worksurfaces, universalP-shape13/4� wire drop
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
P-shape surfaces, extended left 75� 48� 1� AW1 P7548 S ( ) $927. $1,389. $1,854.87� 48� 1� AW1 P8748 S ( ) 1,043. 1,565. 2,085.
P-shape surfaces, extended right 48� 75� 1� AW1 P4875 S ( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.48� 87� 1� AW1 P4887 S ( ) 1,043. 1,565. 2,085.
Order Code
Example: AW1 P7548S 117
AW1 WorksurfaceP P-shape75 Width left48 Width rightS Depth of return117 Top finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Specify top finish.
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
P-shape worksurfaces may becantilevered from service wall along48�edge, and supported by 24�DC-leg at conference end. Specify twocantilever brackets and C-legseparately.
All P-shape worksurfacescorrespond to a 24�D adjacentstraight or corner worksurface.
Universal P-shape worksurfacesinclude a steel stiffener on bothback edges that doubles as ahorizontal cable manager.
Currents
81
Wor
ksur
face
s
Worksurfaces, universalshared and arc-shape13/4� wire drop
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
36�D shared worksurface 36� 72� 1� AW1 R7236 ( ) $764. $1,147. $1,530.
36�D left, 24�D right arc shape surface 60� 341/4� 1� AW1 A60L ( ) 639. 956. 1,274.72� 341/4� 1� AW1 A72L ( ) 764. 1,147. 1,530.
36�D right, 24�D left arc shape surface 60� 341/4� 1� AW1 A60R ( ) 639. 956. 1,274.72� 341/4� 1� AW1 A72R ( ) 764. 1,147. 1,530.
Order Code
Example: AW1 P7548S 117
AW1 WorksurfaceP P-shape75 Width left48 Width rightS Depth of return117 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify top finish. Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
36�D shared worksurface requirestwo straight legs and two endsupport brackets, or four straightlegs.
Arc shape worksurfaces require18�D floorstanding pedestal or 24�DC-leg at 24�D end and two endsupport brackets or straight legs at36�D end.
Universal shared and arc-shapeworksurfaces include a steelstiffener that doubles as a horizontalcable manager.
Currents
82
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreensstraight, flat front3/8� wire drop and grommet
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D straight worksurface, flat front 24� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F2424 ( )( ) $234. $350. $468.30� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F3024 ( )( ) 258. 386. 515.36� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F3624 ( )( ) 280. 422. 562.42� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F4224 ( )( ) 305. 457. 609.48� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F4824 ( )( ) 328. 491. 655.54� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F5424 ( )( ) 350. 528. 702.60� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F6024 ( )( ) 374. 562. 750.66� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F6624 ( )( ) 398. 596. 795.72� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F7224 ( )( ) 422. 631. 842.78� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F7824 ( )( ) 444. 668. 889.84� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F8424 ( )( ) 468. 702. 936.90� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F9024 ( )( ) 490. 735. 982.96� 235/8� 1� AWM2 F9624 ( )( ) 515. 772. 1,030.
30�D straight worksurface, flat front 30� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F3030 ( )( ) 292. 438. 584.36� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F3630 ( )( ) 316. 474. 631.42� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F4230 ( )( ) 340. 509. 679.48� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F4830 ( )( ) 362. 544. 726.54� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F5430 ( )( ) 391. 588. 784.60� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F6030 ( )( ) 422. 631. 842.66� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F6630 ( )( ) 457. 684. 913.72� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F7230 ( )( ) 491. 736. 983.78� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F7830 ( )( ) 526. 788. 1,051.90� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F9030 ( )( ) 596. 894. 1,193.96� 295/8� 1� AWM2 F9630 ( )( ) 631. 947. 1,264.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 F4830 117 111
AWM2 WorksurfaceF Flat48 Width30 Depth117 Top finish111 Trim finish
Specification Information
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrison panelplanning brackets or end-supportedfrom Currents wall. 24�D straighttops may also be cantilevered fromCurrents service wall. Underside ofworksurfaces is drilled to accept allMorrison panel-planning brackets,Morrison and Currents pedestals,and worksurface stiffeners. 24�Dstraight tops are also drilled toaccept Currents wall cantileverbrackets.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include one edgegrommet, centered at rear ofworksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp 90° cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universal anddesk tops. Eliminating the cornerkick will facilitate the use ofbrackets, pedestals and end panelsat the side edge of worksurfaces andwill eliminate undesired gaps atworksurface joints.
24�D straight Currents worksurfacesfor Morrison up to 84� wide may becantilevered from the service wallwith two cantilever brackets andapplicable width worksurfacestiffener.
24�D straight Currents worksurfacesfor Morrison wider than 84� requirethree cantilever brackets andapplicable width worksurfacestiffeners.
Currents
83
Wor
ksur
face
s
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreensextended corner3/8� wire drop and grommetextended left
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 36� 1� AWM2 C6036 S ( )( ) $579. $869. $1,159.60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 S ( )( ) 638. 955. 1,273.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 S ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.72� 36� 1� AWM2 C7236 S ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 S ( )( ) 753. 1,129. 1,506.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 S ( )( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 S ( )( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedleft
60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 D ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 D ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 D ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 L ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 L ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 L ( )( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 L ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 L ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces,extended left
60� 42� 1� AWM2 C6042 R ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.60� 48� 1� AWM2 C6048 R ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.72� 42� 1� AWM2 C7242 R ( )( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.72� 48� 1� AWM2 C7248 R ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.84� 48� 1� AWM2 C8448 R ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C6036S 117 111
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner60 Width left36 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish111 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp 90° cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universal anddesk tops. Eliminating the cornerkick will facilitate the use ofbrackets, pedestals and end panelsat the side edge of worksurfaces andwill eliminate undesired gaps atworksurface joints.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Extended sidemay also be supported with CurrentsC-legs. Underside of worksurface isdrilled to accept all Morrisonpanel-planning brackets, Morrisonand Currents pedestals, worksurfacestiffeners and Currents C-leg on theextended side.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface is3/8� less thannominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents
84
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreensextended corner3/8� wire drop and grommetextended right
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces extendedright
36� 60� 1� AWM2 C3660 S ( )( ) $579. $869. $1,159.36� 72� 1� AWM2 C3672 S ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 S ( )( ) 638. 955. 1,273.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 S ( )( ) 753. 1,129. 1,506.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 S ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 S ( )( ) 811. 1,217. 1,622.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 S ( )( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces, extendedright
48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 D ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 D ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 D ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces,extended right
42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 R ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 R ( )( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 R ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 R ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 R ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces,extended right
42� 60� 1� AWM2 C4260 L ( )( ) 696. 1,043. 1,389.42� 72� 1� AWM2 C4272 L ( )( ) 811. 1,216. 1,622.48� 60� 1� AWM2 C4860 L ( )( ) 754. 1,129. 1,507.48� 72� 1� AWM2 C4872 L ( )( ) 869. 1,303. 1,738.48� 84� 1� AWM2 C4884 L ( )( ) 985. 1,479. 1,971.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C3660S 117 111
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner36 Width left60 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish111 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp 90° cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universal anddesk tops. Eliminating the cornerkick will facilitate the use ofbrackets, pedestals and end panelsat the side edge of worksurfaces andwill eliminate undesired gaps atworksurface joints.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Extended sidemay also be supported with CurrentsC-legs. Underside of worksurface isdrilled to accept all Morrisonpanel-planning brackets, Morrisonand Currents pedestals, worksurfacestiffeners and Currents C-leg on theextended side.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface is3/8� less thannominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents
85
Wor
ksur
face
s
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreenscorner3/8� wire drop and grommet
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 S ( )( ) $522. $782. $1,043.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 S ( )( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 S ( )( ) 811. n/a n/a
30�D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 D ( )( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 D ( )( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 D ( )( ) 811. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 L ( )( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 L ( )( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 L ( )( ) 811. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 1� AWM2 C4242 R ( )( ) 522. 782. 1,043.48� 48� 1� AWM2 C4848 R ( )( ) 579. 869. 1,159.60� 60� 1� AWM2 C6060 R ( )( ) 811. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C4848S 117 111
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner48 Width left48 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish111 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.
Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp 90° cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universal anddesk tops. Eliminating the cornerkick will facilitate the use ofbrackets, pedestals and end panelsat the side edge of worksurfaces andwill eliminate undesired gaps atworksurface joints.
Clear Maple is not available on60�W x 60�D corner worksurfaces.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Underside ofworksurfaces is drilled to accept allMorrison panel-planning brackets,Morrison and Currents pedestals,and worksurface stiffeners. 24�Dworksurfaces are also drilled toaccept Currents wall cantileverbrackets.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
All P-shaped worksurfacescorrespond to a 24�D adjacentstraight or corner worksurface.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents
86
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreensP-shapes3/8� wire drop and grommet
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
P-shape surfaces, extended right 48� 75� 1� AWM2 P4875 S ( )( ) $927. $1,389. $1,854.48� 87� 1� AWM2 P4887 S ( )( ) 1,043. 1,565. 2,085.
P-shape surfaces, extended left 75� 48� 1� AWM2 P7548 S ( )( ) 927. 1,389. 1,854.87� 48� 1� AWM2 P8748 S ( )( ) 1,043. 1,565. 2,085.
Order Code
Example: AWM2 C4848S 117 111
AWM2 WorksurfaceC Corner48 Width left48 Width rightS Depth left and right117 Top finish111 Trim finish
Specification Information
Dimensions shown in ‘‘w’’ columnare nominal width of left back edge.
Dimensions shown in ‘‘d’’ columnare nominal width of right backedge.
Worksurface depths:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left/24�D rightR 24�D left/30�D rightD 30�D both sides
Specify top finish first, followed bytrim finish.
Currents for Morrison worksurfacesfeature crisp 90° cornerseliminating the corner kick detailtypical of Currents universal anddesk tops. Eliminating the cornerkick will facilitate the use ofbrackets, pedestals and end panelsat the side edge of worksurfaces andwill eliminate undesired gaps atworksurface joints.
Clear Maple is not available on60�W x 60�D corner worksurfaces.
Application Notes
Worksurfaces are sized for Morrisonpanel-based applications and maybe supported by Morrisonpanel-planning brackets orend-supported and cantileveredfrom Currents wall. Underside ofworksurfaces is drilled to accept allMorrison panel-planning brackets,Morrison and Currents pedestals,and worksurface stiffeners. 24�Dworksurfaces are also drilled toaccept Currents wall cantileverbrackets.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffener when the spanbetween structural supports exceeds36�. Specify worksurface stiffenersand supports separately.
All P-shaped worksurfacescorrespond to a 24�D adjacentstraight or corner worksurface.
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisoncannot be used in conjunction withMorrison Network desk supports.
Actual worksurface depth is3/8� lessthan nominal 24� and 30� for cableclearance.
All worksurfaces include two edgegrommets, centered on back edgesof worksurface, with maximumclearance of 15/8�.
Currents
87
Wor
ksur
face
s
Currents worksurfaces for Morrison panels and linkablescreensstiffeners
description type w d h pattern no. price
Stiffener for worksurfaces 36� 20� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S36 $45.42� 26� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S42 47.48� 32� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S48 49.60� 44� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S60 51.66� 50� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S66 53.72� 56� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S72 55.78� 62� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S78 58.84� 68� 11/2� 1� AWM1 S84 60.
Order Code
Example: AWM1 S36
AWM1 StiffenerS Straight36 Application
Specification Information
Stiffeners are black painted finish.
Application Notes
Currents worksurfaces for Morrisonrequire stiffeners when the spanbetween structural supports (endsupports, cantilevers, pedestals, orC-legs) exceeds 36�. Stiffener alsoserves as horizontal cable manager.
Stiffener corresponds in width tostraight or corner worksurface backedge.
For 90� application span, useAWM1-S84 stiffener.
Stiffener mounts 18� from front edgeof worksurface and will interferewith mobile or floorstandingpedestals greater than 18� deep.
To accommodate a floorstandingpedestal greater than 18� deep atone end of worksurface, specifystiffener for 12� narrowerworksurface. To accommodate twofloorstanding pedestals ordouble-wide at one end ofworksurface, specify stiffener for24� narrower worksurface.
Currents
88
Cascade edge worksurfacesRectangular
description w d h pattern no. lam.
24�D Rectangular 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1R2424N $166.30� 24� 11/8� ACE1R3024N 191.36� 24� 11/8� ACE1R3624N 212.42� 24� 11/8� ACE1R4224N 244.48� 24� 11/8� ACE1R4824N 274.54� 24� 11/8� ACE1R5424N 294.60� 24� 11/8� ACE1R6024N 319.66� 24� 11/8� ACE1R6624N 345.72� 24� 11/8� ACE1R7224N 360.78� 24� 11/8� ACE1R7824N 386.84� 24� 11/8� ACE1R8424N 409.90� 24� 11/8� ACE1R9024N 461.96� 24� 11/8� ACE1R9624N 503.
30�D Rectangular 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1R2430N 213.30� 30� 11/8� ACE1R3030N 238.36� 30� 11/8� ACE1R3630N 264.42� 30� 11/8� ACE1R4230N 287.48� 30� 11/8� ACE1R4830N 319.54� 30� 11/8� ACE1R5430N 361.60� 30� 11/8� ACE1R6030N 397.66� 30� 11/8� ACE1R6630N 443.72� 30� 11/8� ACE1R7230N 461.78� 30� 11/8� ACE1R7830N 492.84� 30� 11/8� ACE1R8430N 522.90� 30� 11/8� ACE1R9030N 562.96� 30� 11/8� ACE1R9630N 601.
Order Code
Example: ACE1 R4824N 118
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
R Rectangular48 Width24 DepthN No grommet118 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add$20.
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Worksurfaces may be supported ateach end by pedestals or endsupport ‘‘EC’’ brackets andcantilever brackets matching theworksurface depth. 24�Drectangular worksurfaces may alsobe cantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately.
Currents
89
Wor
ksur
face
s
Cascade edge worksurfacesCurvilinear corner
description A B C h pattern no. lam.
Curvilinear corner 36� 24� 24� 1 1/8� ACE1L3636SSN $417.42� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4242SSN 503.42� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4242SDN 598.42� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4242DSN 598.48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4848SSN 566.48� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4848SDN 677.48� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4848DSN 677.48� 30� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4848DDN 608.
Order Code
Example: ACE1 L4848SSG 114
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Curvilinear ‘‘L’’ top48 Width left48 Width rightS 24� depth left sideS 24� depth right sideG Grommets114 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbracket at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge. Worksurfaces may also beend supported or cantilever-bracketsupported from Currents wall.Extended side of blended L mayalso be supported with CurrentsC-legs.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately.
Currents
90
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘D’’
description A B C h pattern no. lam.
Blended ‘‘D’’
right hand shown
66� 48� 24� 11/8� ACE1BD6648S(L/R) $675.66� 48� 30� 11/8� ACE1BD6648D(L/R) 710.72� 48� 24� 11/8� ACE1BD7248S(L/R) 690.72� 48� 30� 11/8� ACE1BD7248D(L/R) 736.78� 48� 24� 11/8� ACE1BD7848S(L/R) 797.78� 48� 30� 11/8� ACE1BD7848D(L/R) 823.84� 48� 24� 11/8� ACE1BD8448S(L/R) 818.84� 48� 30� 11/8� ACE1BD8448D(L/R) 870.
Order Code
Example: ACE1BD6648SL 118
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
BD Blended ‘‘D’’66 Width48 DepthS 24�d returnL Extended left118 Top finish
Specification Information
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Blended D worksurfaces aresupported by a 48� VDT supportbracket kit for cantilevering fromthe Currents wall in conjunctionwith Currents C-leg. Use flatbracket or bridging bracket to jointo adjacent worksurface.
Currents
91
Wor
ksur
face
s
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘L’’
description B C A D h pattern no. lam.
Blended ‘‘L’’ 42� 60� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4260SSN $691.42� 66� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4266SSN 710.42� 72� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4272SSN 737.42� 78� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4278SSN 745.48� 60� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4860SSN 700.48� 60� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4860SDN 687.48� 60� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4860DSN 687.48� 66� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4866SSN 725.48� 66� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4866SDN 722.48� 66� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4866DSN 722.48� 72� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4872SSN 751.48� 72� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L4872SDN 756.48� 72� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4872DSN 756.48� 78� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4878SSN 829.48� 84� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L4884SSN 932.60� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6042SSN 691.60� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6048SSN 700.60� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L6048SDN 687.60� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6048DSN 687.66� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6642SSN 710.66� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6648SSN 725.66� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L6648SDN 722.66� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L6648DSN 722.72� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L7242SSN 737.72� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L7248SSN 751.72� 48� 24� 30� 11/8� ACE1L7248SDN 756.72� 48� 30� 24� 11/8� ACE1L7248DSN 756.
Order Code
Example: ACE1 L4260SSN 114
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Blended ‘‘L’’ top42 Width60 DepthS 24�d, left sideS 24�d, right sideN No Grommet114 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbracket at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge. Worksurfaces may also beend supported or cantilever-bracketsupported from Currents wall.Extended side of blended L mayalso be supported with CurrentsC-legs.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately.
Currents
92
Cascade edge worksurfacesBlended ‘‘L’’
description B C A D h pattern no. lam.
Blended ‘‘L’’ 78� 42� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L7842SSN $745.78� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L7848SSN 829.84� 48� 24� 24� 11/8� ACE1L8448SSN 932.
Order Code
Example: ACE1 L4260SSN 114
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
L Blended ‘‘L’’ top42 Width60 DepthS 24�d, left sideS 24�d, right sideN No Grommet114 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $40.
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Worksurfaces may be supported byleft or right hand 18� cantileverbracket at the rear corner, andcantilever bridging brackets on eachside edge. Worksurfaces may also beend supported or cantilever-bracketsupported from Currents wall.Extended side of blended L mayalso be supported with CurrentsC-legs.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately.
Currents
93
Wor
ksur
face
s
Cascade edge worksurfacesHalf round and corner round
description w d h pattern no. lam.
Half Round 48� 18� 11/8� ACE1H4818 $360.491/2� 18� 11/8� ACE1H4818P 360.60� 24� 11/8� ACE1H6024 496.611/2� 24� 11/8� ACE1H6024P 496.
LH Corner Round 24� 24� 11/8� AWF1CR24L 191.
RH Corner Round 24� 24� 11/8� AWF1CR24R 191.
Notched Corner Round 24� 24� 11/8� AWF1CR24N 191.
Sample 12� 12� 11/8� ACE1R1212G 104.
Order Code
Example: ACE1 H4818P 117
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
H Half round48 Width18 DepthP Notched for panel117 Top finish
Specification Information
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Information
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall. Cascade Edgeworksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedges of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Half roundHalf round worksurfaces may besupported by cantilever bridgingbrackets in conjunction with arounded end support column.
Corner roundNotched corner round worksurfacesare supported by cantilever bridingbrackets on both side edges.End run Left- and Right-handcorner round worksurfaces aresupported by a combination of an‘‘EC’’ end bracket along the paneledge and a cantilever bridgingbracket to the adjacent worksurfaceside edge.
Currents
94
Cascade edge worksurfacesWave end
description 1 2 3 A B h pattern no. lam.
Wave End, LH 36� 24� 30� 15� 3� 11/8� ACE1W363024N $449.42� 24� 30� 15� 9� 11/8� ACE1W423024N 471.48� 24� 30� 15� 15� 11/8� ACE1W483024N 504.72� 24� 30� 231/2� 301/2� 11/8� ACE1W723024N 642.
Wave End, RH 36� 30� 24� 3� 15� 11/8� ACE1W362430N 449.42� 30� 24� 9� 15� 11/8� ACE1W422430N 471.48� 30� 24� 15� 15� 11/8� ACE1W482430N 504.72� 30� 24� 231/2� 301/2� 11/8� ACE1W722430N 642.
Order Code
Example: ACE1W483024N 118
ACE1 Cascade edgeworksurface
W Wave end48 Width30 Depth, right side24 Depth, left sideN No grommet118 Top finish
Specification Information
Specify:Grommet / No grommet.Replace the ‘‘N’’ suffix from thepattern number with ‘‘G’’. Add $20.
Finish:114 Folkstone Grey117 Soft Grey118 Bright White119 Pumice
Application Notes
Cascade Edge worksurfaces arewrapped with a vinyl sheet heatedand pressed around an MDFsubstrate. They are moresusceptible to denting, impact,tearing and marring thanconventional high-pressurelaminate and should be handledwith care. Do not drag worksurfacesacross any flooring surface duringinstallation. Treat Cascade Edgeworksurfaces like veneerworksurfaces and they will performwell under normal conditions.Cascade Edge worksurfaces have a5 year warranty on defects inworkmanship and materials. Thiswarranty does not cover damageoccurring during or afterinstallation.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notdrilled for stiffeners, pedestals orbrackets.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces aresized for panel-based applicationsand may be supported by linkablesceen in conjunction with Morrisonpanel planning brackets, or endsupport from the Currents wall. 24�D straight tops may also becantilevered from the Currentsservice wall.
Cascade Edge worksurfaces are notinterchangeable with Currentsdesks surfaces and should not beused to create freestanding Currentsdesks.
Worksurfaces are1/16� less thannominal width and3/8� less thannominal depth for rear wireclearance.
Edge grommets are centered at rearedge of worksurface for maximumclearance of 13/8�.
Worksurfaces require support every48� in width. All supportinghardware is ordered separately. UseMorrison brackets with wood screwsfor Currents Linkable screenapplications.
Worksurfaces may be supported ateach end by pedestals or endsupport ‘‘EC’’ brackets andcantilever brackets matching theworksurface depth. Use cantileverbridging bracket to join to adjacentworksurface.
Panel supported worksurfaces over48� must be mid-span supported bycantilever brackets, specifiedseparately.
Currents
95
Wor
ksur
face
s
Worksurface supportswall-mounted
description type w d h pattern no. paint
Adjustable cantilever bracket (up to 24�D) 3� 20� 23-33� AB1 AC24 ( ) $166.
Adjustable cantilever bridging bracket 3� 20� 23-33� AB1-ABC24( ) 215.
Fixed end support bracket 3� 6� 27� AB1 FE ( ) 94.
Adjustable end support bracket 3� 6� 23-33� AB2 AE ( ) 131.
Compact fixedend support bracket
for 28�h worksurface 6� 27� AB2 FE27 ( ) 104.for 295/8� h worksurface 6� 28� AB2 FE28 ( ) 104.
Fence end bracket kit AB1 FAE ( ) 135.
Order Code
Example: AB1 AC24 117
AB1 BracketAC Type24 Depth117 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for supportcolumn, C-leg, and brackets.
Fence end bracket kit includes aleft and a right handed bracket.
Specify paint finish for end bracket.
Application Notes
Specify worksurface cantilever andend support brackets to attachworksurfaces to Currents servicewalls.
Specify two cantilever brackets tosupport any 24�D Currents,Morrison, Reff, Equity, Dividends,or Cascade worksurface up to 84�wide, or one back edge of cornerworksurface. Specify threecantilever brackets to support any24�D Currents, Morrison, Reff,Equity, Dividends or Cascadeworksurface greater than 84� wide.Specify two end support brackets tosupport one end of straight,conference, or arc-shape surface.
Adjustable height cantilever andbridging cantilever brackets supportunderside of worksurface in 1�increments from 23� to 33�H (24� to34� top height).
Adjustable bridging cantileversupports adjacent 48�W straight orcorner worksurfaces.
End support brackets adjust23�-33�H (24� to 34� top height).Fixed height brackets supportworksurface at 28�H and 295/8� H.
Fence end brackets attach to theCurrents fence to support one end ofrectilinear or one back edge of acorner worksurface when the otherends are properly supported by legs,storage or panel brackets. Refer tothe specific worksurfaceApplication Notes for supportrequirements.
Fence end brackets support theunderside of the worksurface in 1�increments from 26� to 28� (27� to29� top height).
Currents
96
Worksurface supportsfreestanding
description type application w d h pattern no. paint
Straight leg Adjustable 2� 4� 23-29� AB1 I27A(G/C) ( ) $324.Fixed 2� 4� 27� AB1 I27F(G/C) ( ) 166.Low 2� 4� 25� AB1 I25(G/C) ( ) 166.
C-leg, adjustable 24�D Left 2� 21� 23-29� AB1 CL24L ( )( ) 358.Right 2� 21� 23-29� AB1 CL24R ( )( ) 358.
30�D Left 2� 27� 23-29� AB1 CL30L ( )( ) 394.Right 2� 27� 23-29� AB1 CL30R ( )( ) 394.
C-leg, fixed height 24�D Left 2� 21� 27� AB1 CLF24L ( )( ) 300.Right 2� 21� 27� AB1 CLF24R ( )( ) 300.
30�D Left 2� 27� 27� AB1 CLF30L ( )( ) 328.Right 2� 27� 27� AB1 CLF30R ( )( ) 328.
Corner leg Corner worksurfaces 4� 4� 23-29� AB1 VL ( )( ) 300.
Order Code
Example: AB1 CL24L 612 G
AB1 SupportCL C-leg24 DepthL Left612 FinishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for supportcolumn, C-leg, and brackets.
C-Leg casters/glides:C Rear casters/front glidesG All glides
Casters/glides combination has nolevelling. All-glides versionprovides 13/4� levelling range.
Application Notes
Specify two straight legs undershared worksurface. Straight legsare fixed at 27�H (28� top height) oradjustable 23�-29� (24�-30� topheight).
C-legs support one end of anycorresponding depth Currentsworksurface. Corner legs supportonly the back corner of a Currentscorner worksurface. Specify C-legsfor side edges of Currents cornerand extended corner worksurfaces.
Adjustable C-legs and corner legsare adjustable in height to supportunderside of worksurface at 1�increments from 23� to 29� (24� to30� Currents top height). Fixedheight C-legs support desk at 28�H.Fixed height C-legs do not acceptservice beams.
Straight legs may not be used withCurrents universal worksurfaces orCurrents worksurfaces for Morrisonto create freestanding tables.
Currents
97
Wor
ksur
face
s
Pedestalsmobile
description type w d h pattern no. P1 / P2 P3 V2 front V3 front
Standard mobile pedestals with top and pull 2 file 15� 17� 261/2� AS1 SFF M ( )( ) $925. $971. $1,043. $1,173.Data/file 15� 17� 22� AS1 SDF M ( )( ) 876. 920. 991. 1,121.Personal/data/file 15� 17� 261/2� AS1 SPDF M ( )( ) 1,021. 1,072. 1,158. 1,306.
Deep mobile pedestals with top and pull 2 file 15� 23� 261/2� AS1 DFF M ( )( ) 1,040. 1,092. 1,159. 1,290.Data/file 15� 23� 22� AS1 DDF M ( )( ) 992. 1,042. 1,107. 1,238.Personal/data/file 15� 23� 261/2� AS1 DPDF M ( )( ) 1,137. 1,194. 1,273. 1,424.
Standard mobile pedestal open top, with pull Data/file 15� 17� 22� AS1 SDFO ( )( ) 817. 859. 932. 1,064.
Deep mobile pedestal open top, with pull Data/file 15� 23� 22� AS1 DDFO ( )( ) 911. 957. 1,025. 1,156.
Order Code
Example: AS1 SDFM 612 612
AS1 PedestalS DepthDF ConfigurationM Mobile612 Finish for case612 Finish for fronts
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for case,painted or veneer finish for fronts.
All pedestals include front lock withKnollKey lock system. Personaldrawer is 4�H. Data drawer is 7�H.File drawers are 11�H.Deep file drawers include filesupport for letter (width) or legal(depth) suspended file folders.All drawers have full extension, ballbearing drawer slides.
Application Notes
Mobile pedestals are independentstorage components with lockingcasters and pull. Standard mobilepedestals roll under Currentsworksurfaces set at 28� or higher.Deep mobile pedestals with two filesor personal/data/file will not fitunder stiffener of universalworksurface or Currents desk set at29� or lower. Specify data/filemobile pedestal under worksurfacesadjusted lower than 28�H.
Currents
98
Pedestalsfloorstanding
description type w d h pattern no. P1 / P2 P3 V2 front V3 front
18�D Floorstanding pedestal 2 file 15� 17� 27� AS1-SFF G( )( ) $670. $703. $787. $919.personal/data/file 15� 17� 27� AS1 SPDFG ( )( ) 766. 806. 902. 1,051.
24�D Floorstanding pedestal 2 file 15� 23� 27� AS1 DFF G ( )( ) 762. 801. 881. 1,011.personal/data/file 15� 23� 27� AS1 DPDFG( )( ) 860. 902. 995. 1,145.
Order Code
Example: AS1 SPDFG 612 612
AS1 PedestalS DepthPDF ConfigurationG Floorstanding612 Finish for case612 Finish for fronts
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for case,painted or veneer finish for fronts.
All pedestals include front lock withKnollKey lock system. Personaldrawer is 4�H. Data drawer is 7�H.File drawers are 11�H.Deep file drawers include filesupport for letter (width) or legal(depth) suspended file folders.All drawers have full extension, ballbearing drawer slides.
Application Notes
Floorstanding pedestals includelevelling glides and open top tosupport one end of a worksurface at28�H. 18�D pedestals fit under anyCurrents worksurface with standardstiffener. Deep floorstandingpedestals fit under Currentsworksurfaces for Morrison withproperly sized replacementworksurface stiffener.
Currents
99
Floo
rsta
ndin
gst
orag
e
Pedestal accessoriespencil tray, drawer divider, file support rail, bumper kits
description type w d h pattern no. price
Pencil tray Personal or data drawer AS1 PT $30.
Drawer divider Personal or data drawer MD6-BD 27.
File support rail File drawer, set of 2 MD6-FS 11.
Bumper kits for mobile pedestal 21�H pedestal 21� AS1 BKL 35.26�H pedestal 26� AS1 BKH 42.
Order Code
Example: AS1 PT
AS1 PedestalPT Pencil tray
Specification Information
Pencil tray is black molded plastic.Drawer divider is black paintedsteel.
Replacement worksurface stiffenersare black painted steel.
Bumper kit is trim grey plastic.
Application Notes
Pencil tray sets in top of personal ordata drawer. Moveable dividersorganize pencils, pens, and paperclips in separate compartments.
Drawer divider mounts in slots inbottom of personal or data drawer.U-shaped divider supports two rowsof four CDs with titles visible indata drawer.
File support spans width of filedrawer to support side-to-side letteror legal width suspended files.
Bumper kit protects back corners ofmobile pedestals and adjacentfurniture. Bumper kit includes twocorner-bead shape extrusions withself-adhesive backer.
Currents
100
Pedestal accessoriescushionfabric
Description type w d pattern no. A B C D E F G H I
Cushion Deep 15� 23� AS1 DPAD ( ) $186. $208. $243. $255. $278. $302. $336. $371. $383.Standard 15� 17� AS1 SPAD ( ) 151. 174. 197. 208. 220. 243. 266. 302. 313.
Order Code
Example: AS1 SPAD
AS1 PedestalS DepthPAD Cushion
Specification Information
There is a $65 upcharge on CAL133backing on the cushion.
Consult the Knoll seating price listfor fabric information and grades.
Application Notes
Pedestal cushions are for use onCurrents open top mobile pedestalsas well as on open top mobilepedestals in other Knoll systemslines.
Currents
101
Floo
rsta
ndin
gst
orag
e
Pedestal accessoriescushionleather
Description type w d pattern no. U V W X Y
Cushion Deep 15� 23� AS1 DPAD ( ) $371. $440. $544. $568. $602.Standard 15� 17� AS1 SPAD ( ) 290. 347. 428. 440. 463.
Order Code
Example: AS1 SPAD
AS1 PedestalS DepthPAD Cushion
Specification Information
There is a $65 upcharge on CAL133backing on the cushion.
Consult the Knoll seating price listfor leather information and grades.
Application Notes
Pedestal cushions are for use onCurrents open top mobile pedestalsas well as on open top mobilepedestals in other Knoll systmeslines.
Currents
102
Vertical storage cabinetsReuter rotating door cabinets
description type w d h pattern no. laminate paint V2 front
Cabinet, left opening door painted top 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 LP ( )( )( )( ) $2,746. $3,222.21� 24� 64� A2 R64 LP ( )( )( )( ) 3,102. 3,700.
worksurface top, plastic laminate 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 LL ( )( )( )( ) 2,983. n/a n/a
worksurface top, veneer 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 LV ( )( )( )( ) 3,102. 3,700.
Cabinet, right opening door painted top 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 RP ( )( )( )( ) 2,746. 3,222.21� 24� 64� A2 R64 RP ( )( )( )( ) 3,102. 3,700.
worksurface top, plastic laminate 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 RL ( )( )( )( ) 2,983. n/a n/a
worksurface top, veneer 21� 24� 48� A2 R48 RV ( )( )( )( ) 3,102. 3,700.
Accessories shelf insert A1 R1 SI 119.
Replacement top left A1 RTOPL ( )( ) 300. 238. 448.right A1 RTOPR ( )( ) 300. 238. 448.
Order Code
Example: A2R 64 LP 117 117 117G
A2R Reuter vertical storage64 HeightL Left doorP Painted top117 Top finish117 Case finish117 Front finishG Glides
Specification Information
For cabinets, specify:
Top finishCase finishFront finish
Casters/glides:C CastersG Glides
For replacement tops, specify:
Top typeP PaintedL Plastic laminateV Techgrain� veneer
Worksurface top edges are trim greyT-mold.
Application Notes
Rotating door cabinets are portableenclosed freestanding storage.Cabinets feature full-height door,two file drawer frames, and aprotected 41/2�W wardrobe area.48�H includes one adjustable shelf,64�H includes two shelves.
Cabinet top is painted finish. 48�Hcabinet is also available with plasticlaminate or veneer worksurface top.Cabinets with veneer front areavailable with painted or veneer toponly.
Additional shelves or file drawerframe inserts may be specifiedseparately.
Painted front cabinets may bechanged from left-hand toright-hand in field but replacementtop is required.
Cabinet width is designed to enableopen door in 24�W footprint.
Currents
103
Floo
rsta
ndin
gst
orag
e
Vertical storage cabinetsReuter options rotating door cabinets
description type w d h pattern no. laminate paint V2 front
Cabinet, left opening door painted top 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 LP ( )( )( )( ) $2,362. $2,825.21� 24� 64� A2L 64 LP ( )( )( )( ) 2,710. 3,291.
worksurface top, plastic laminate 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 LL ( )( )( )( ) 2,594. n/a n/a
worksurface top, veneer 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 LV ( )( )( )( ) 2,710. 3,291.
Cabinet, right opening door painted top 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 RP ( )( )( )( ) 2,362. 2,825.21� 24� 64� A2L 64 RP ( )( )( )( ) 2,710. 3,291.
worksurface top, plastic laminate 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 RL ( )( )( )( ) 2,594. n/a n/a
worksurface top, veneer 21� 24� 48� A2L 48 RV ( )( )( )( ) 2,710. 3,291.
Accessories shelf insert A1 R1 SI 119.
Replacement top left A1 RTOPL ( )( ) 300. 238. 448.right A1 RTOPR ( )( ) 300. 238. 448.
Order Code
Example: A2L 64 LP 117 117 117G
A2L Reuter vertical storage64 HeightL Left doorP Painted top117 Top finish117 Case finish117 Front finishG Glides
Specification Information
For cabinets, specify:
Top finishCase finishFront finish
Casters/glides:C CastersG Glides
For replacement tops, specify:
Top typeP PaintedL Plastic laminateV Techgrain� veneer
Worksurface top edges are trim greyT-mold.
Application Notes
Rotating door cabinets are portableenclosed freestanding storage.Cabinets feature full-height door,two file drawer frames, and aprotected 41/2�W wardrobe area.48�H includes one adjustable shelf,64�H includes two shelves.
Cabinet top is painted finish. 48�Hcabinet is also available with plasticlaminate or veneer worksurface top.Cabinets with veneer front areavailable with painted or veneer toponly.
Additional shelves or file drawerframe inserts may be specifiedseparately.
Painted front cabinets may bechanged from left-hand toright-hand in field but replacementtop is required.
Cabinet width is designed to enableopen door in 24�W footprint.
Currents
104
Reuter overhead cabinetdesk, wall, or other Knoll system mountedDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3 V2
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (no mountinghardware) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N24( )( )L $568. $568. $596. $857.30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N30( )( )L 634. 634. 667. 925.36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N36( )( )L 733. 733. 770. 1,037.42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N42( )( )L 850. 850. 893. 1,153.48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N48( )( )L 950. 950. 996. 1,265.
Enclosed cabinet, with lock (no mountinghardware) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N60( )( )L 1,202. 1,202. 1,263. 1,743.66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N66( )( )L 1,315. 1,315. 1,379. 1,867.72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N72( )( )L 1,405. 1,405. 1,475. 1,972.
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (no mountinghardware) - One door
24� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N24( )( )N 511. 511. 537. n/a30� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N30( )( )N 579. 579. 609. n/a36� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N36( )( )N 678. 678. 711. n/a42� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N42( )( )N 795. 795. 835. n/a48� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N48( )( )N 892. 892. 937. n/a
Enclosed cabinet, no lock (no mountinghardware) - Two doors
60� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N60( )( )N 1,090. 1,090. 1,144. n/a66� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N66( )( )N 1,201. 1,201. 1,262. n/a72� 141/4� 143/4� RO3-N72( )( )N 1,295. 1,295. 1,359. n/a
Order Code
Example: RO3-N48-P-L-613-P-613
RO3 Reuter overhead cabinetN No brackets48 WidthP With pullL With lock613 Case finishP Front finish type613 Front finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and door.
Finish types for front:P PaintedV Veneer
Application Notes
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Knollsystems.
Cabinet door rotates above cabineton side pivots, counterbalanced bytwo pneumatic cylinders. Two-doorcabinets have center divider andfour pneumatic cylinders.Verticalinterior partitions may be positionedon 11/2� increments of widthanywhere across shelf, 11/2� in fromeach side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting up tofive horizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.
Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than cabinet width.Available in sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�,15� widths.
Order locks for overheads with aKnollKey order form. Please notethat Reuter overhead cabinets 60�Wor wider require two lock cores.
Reuter overhead doors without locksinclude black, Knoll-logo insert, inthe same position. Insert may beremoved to retrofit a lock later.
Currents
105
Ser
vice
wal
l-mou
nted
stor
age
and
light
ing
Reuter open overheadDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3 V2
Open overhead Morrison panel brackets 30� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM30( ) $418. $418. $440.36� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM36( ) 479. 479. 503.42� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM42( ) 541. 541. 568.48� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM48( ) 602. 602. 633.60� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM60( ) 701. 701. 735.72� 13� 143/4� RO3-OM72( ) 823. 823. 865.
Open overhead no mounting hardware 30� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON30( ) 406. 406. 426.36� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON36( ) 467. 467. 490.42� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON42( ) 529. 529. 556.48� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON48( ) 590. 590. 619.60� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON60( ) 687. 687. 724.72� 13� 143/4� RO3-ON72( ) 811. 851.
Interior partitions Vertical, set of 5 – 11� 12� RO3-VP 72.
Horizontal, set of 10 6� 11� – RO1-HP6 111.9� 11� – RO1-HP9 140.12� 11� – RO1-HP12 166.15� 11� – RO1-HP15 194.
Door retrofit kit, with lock For open overhead 30� RO3-RD30( )L 285. 285. 300. 549.36� RO3-RD36( )L 308. 308. 324. 596.42� RO3-RD42( )L 359. 359. 376. 647.48� RO3-RD48( )L 393. 393. 412. 694.60� RO3-RD60( )L 601. 601. 631. 1,116.72� RO3-RD72( )L 675. 675. 708. 1,214.
Door retrofit kit, no lock For open overhead 30� RO3-RD30( )N 217. 217. 228. n/a36� RO3-RD36( )N 252. 252. 264. n/a42� RO3-RD42( )N 304. 304. 319. n/a48� RO3-RD48( )N 336. 336. 354. n/a60� RO3-RD60( )N 489. 489. 514. n/a72� RO3-RD72( )N 564. 564. 592. n/a
Order Code
Example: RO3-OM24-612
RO1-O Reuter open overheadM Morrison panel mounted24 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for case and door.
Application Notes
Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Door retrofit kits convert an openoverhead to an enclosed cabinet andinclude Reuter overhead door, leftand right arm mechanisms, and lockor lock plug.
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems. Openoverheads may be mounted on anycombination of vertical panels thesame width or up to 12� less thanshelf width.
Reuter open overheads may bedesk-mounted, mounted on otherKnoll systems, cantilevered abovepanels, or wall-mounted. Specifyopen overhead with no mountinghardware and brackets separately.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting threehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than shelf width. Availablein sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�, 15� widths.
Currents
106
Reuter open shelfDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black P1 P2 P3
Open shelf Morrison panel brackets 24� 13� 8� RS1-M24( ) $258. $258. $270.30� 13� 8� RS1-M30( ) 282. 282. 297.36� 13� 8� RS1-M36( ) 319. 319. 335.42� 13� 8� RS1-M42( ) 344. 344. 361.48� 13� 8� RS1-M48( ) 369. 369. 387.60� 13� 8� RS1-M60( ) 431. 431. 452.
Open shelf no mounting hardware 24� 13� 8� RS1-N24( ) 245. 245. 258.30� 13� 8� RS1-N30( ) 271. 271. 285.36� 13� 8� RS1-N36( ) 308. 308. 324.42� 13� 8� RS1-N42( ) 332. 332. 348.48� 13� 8� RS1-N48( ) 357. 357. 374.60� 13� 8� RS1-N60( ) 418. 418. 440.
Interior partitions Vertical, set of 5 – 12� 6� RS1-VP 67.
Horizontal, set of 10 6� 12� – RO1-HP6 111.9� 12� – RO1-HP9 140.12� 12� – RO1-HP12 166.15� 12� – RO1-HP15 194.
Order Code
Example: RS1-M48-612
RS1 Reuter shelfM Morrison panel mounted48 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify paint finishes for shelf.
Application Notes
Interior partitions are black paintedsteel finish.
Reuter storage is a universalproduct applicable on Morrison orother Knoll systems.
Open shelves may be mounted onany combination of vertical panelsthe same width. Reuter openshelves may be Morrison Networkdesk-mounted, mounted on otherKnoll systems, cantilevered abovepanels, or wall-mounted. SpecifyReuter shelves with no mountinghardware, and brackets separately.
Vertical interior partitions may bepositioned on 11/2� increments ofwidth anywhere across shelf, 11/2� infrom each side. Vertical partitionscontain cutouts for mounting threehorizontal partitions at 2�increments on either or both sides.Horizontals are suspended betweentwo verticals, and may be positionedend-to-end in any combination up to3� less than shelf width. Availablein sets of 10; 6�, 9�, 12�, 15� widths.
Currents
107
Ser
vice
wal
l-mou
nted
stor
age
and
light
ing
Reuter ganging bracketwall-mounting options and ADA pullDesigned by Robert Reuter
description type w d h pattern no. black
Ganging bracket RO1-GB $12.
ADA pull RO1-PULL 40.
Order Code
Example: RO1-GB
RO1 Reuter overheadGB Ganging bracket
Specification Information
Wall mount frames are paintedblack finish.
ADA pull is stainless steel.
Application Notes
Wall mount frames secure Reuteroverhead cabinet or shelf to wall(frame/wall mounting hardware isnot included). Frame is concealedbehind storage. Use twoRO1-WMF2 to wall-mount 66�- and72�-wide Reuter overheads.
Reuter open shelves 66� and 72�Ware for stanchion support only.
Wall mount wire manager istwo-part wire concealment kit, 22�H(medium grey only).
Ganging bracket joins adjacentReuter overheads or shelves foradditional stiffness and alignmentwhen storage is planned on only oneside of a panel run.
ADA pull mounts to Reuter paintedfront overhead door to allow seatedusers to close door easily. Specifyone for each cabinet 24� - 48�, twofor cabinets 60� - 72�.
ADA pull cannot be mounted onwood front Reuter doors.
Currents
108
Overhead brackets
description type w d h pattern no. black paint
Morrison Options and Series 2 Morrison overheaddownmount brackets and back panel (64�H wallonly)
24� AA1LO24DN( ) $208.30� AA1LO30DN( ) 215.36� AA1LO36DN( ) 220.42� AA1LO42DN( ) 226.48� AA1LO48DN( ) 232.
Morrison shelf downmount brackets (64�H wallonly)
AA1RSXDN ( ) 150.
Equity overhead brackets Downmount bracket AA1EDWS 66.Upmount bracket (pair) (64�) AA1ECUP64 208.Upmount bracket (pair) (65�) AA1ECUP65 208.
Reuter overhead brackets Downmount brackets (pair) (64�H wall only) AA1RODN( ) 180.Extended upmount brackets (pair) (39�H wall) AA1ROXUP( ) 358.Upmount brackets (pair) AA1ROUP( ) 180.
Reuter shelf brackets Extended downmount brackets (pair) (64�H wallonly)
AA1RSXDN( ) 150.
Reuter shelf adapter brackets RS1 MPB 31.Shelf downmount brackets (pair) (39�H or 48�Hwall only)
AA1RSDN( ) 180.
Shelf extended upmount brackets (pair) (39�Hwall)
AA1RSXUP( ) 358.
Shelf upmount brackets (pair) AA1RSUP( ) 180.
Order Code
Example: AA1 LO48 DN 612
AA1 Currents accessoryLO Options overhead48 SizeDN Configuration612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for shelfdownmount brackets and overheaddownmount kit.
Application Notes
Morrison downmount bracketssupport Morrison or Options shelvesand brackets on 64�H service wall.
Overhead downmount bracket kitsinclude back panel and brackets tosuspend Options overhead cabinetsfrom 64�H service wall crown.
Equity downmount bracket attachesan Equity overhead to a 64�HCurrents wall. Specify two brackets- one for each end of overhead unit.Upmount brackets are used with48�H Currents wall and can bespecified to align the top of theoverhead at 64� or 65� of totalheight. A back must always bespecified for the Equity overheadwhen mounting on the Currents wall(see Equity price list).
Reuter upmount brackets attachoverhead cabinet or shelf anywherealong panel crown, lifting 1� abovenominal wall height. Extendedupmount brackets lift self to 10�above nominal wall height.
Downmount brackets attachoverheads within the upper 16� of64�H walls and open shelves withinthe upper 9� of 48� or 39�H walls.
Specify an extra bracket (one-halfpair) for center support of overheadcabinets wider than 60� and shelveswider than 54�.
Upmount or downmount bracketsmay be inset to permit overhead toextend 1� or 3� and shelf to extend3� beyond the end of the spine atT-ends.
Extended downmount bracketsenable the Reuter open shelf to bemounted from 49�-56�H on 64�service all. Specify shelf adapterbrackets separately.
For brackets for use with Dividendsand Series 2 for Dividendsoverheads, please consult theDividends price list.
Currents
109
Ser
vice
wal
l-mou
nted
stor
age
and
light
ing
T5 Task Light for Reuter Overhead Storage
description type w d h pattern no. Standard List Advanced List
Task Light Use with 24� and wider overhead 19� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E19 ( ) $194. n/aUse with 30� and wider overhead 25� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E25 ( ) 209. 360.Use with 42� and wider overhead 37� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E37 ( ) 225. 379.Use with 60� and wider overhead 49� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E49 ( ) 244. 394.Use with 66� and wider overhead 61� 4� 11/2� RTAT5E61 ( ) 260. 410.
Order Code
Example: RTAT5E19SRTA Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast19 WidthS Standard
Specification Information
Specify:
Width - Task Lights mount incabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than light width.
Type:S StandardA Advanced
Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: RTAT5E19S-CH
All housings are black.
Application Notes
Task lights mount into the recess inthe underside of overhead cabinetsand shelves at least 6� wider thantask light width.
Task lights include T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcorset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.
Task light cordset is center exit. Onsmaller units cort exit is slightlyoff-center, but still not handed.
Task lights are TCLP compliant andmeet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 24.
Advanced task lights are fitted withballast and lamp compliant withLEED requirements.
Currents
110
Portable shelf and counter surfaceportable shelf and counter surface
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3 paint
Portable shelf 24� 13� 15� AA1PS24( ) $477.
Counter surface 36� 12� 1� AW1 CS3612 ( ) 215. 321. 430.48� 12� 1� AW1 CS4812 ( ) 238. 358. 477.60� 12� 1� AW1 CS6012 ( ) 263. 394. 525.72� 12� 1� AW1 CS7212 ( ) 286. 430. 572.
Counter surface bracket kit AB1 CS ( ) 215.
Order Code
Example: AA1 PS24 612
AA1 Currents accessoryPS Personal shelf24 Width612 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for shelf orsurface finish for counter.
Application Notes
Portable shelf upmounts anywherealong standard height service wallcrown. High back provides 13�H x22�W surround to 12� above crown,with integral handles and simplemounting clamps.
Counter surface with curved front isdesigned to mount on either side of39�H wall crown with countersurface brackets. Kit includes twobrackets and center support.
Currents
111
Ser
vice
wal
l-mou
nted
stor
age
and
light
ing
Ambient lighting and awningcanopy, uplights and awning
description type w d h watts pattern no. light grey list price
Canopy uplight 39� H wall 24� 24� 40� 32 AL1 C39 $1,314.48� H wall 24� 24� 31� 32 AL1 C48 1,314.64� H wall 24� 24� 15� 32 AL1 C64 1,314.
Linear uplight, 18�W 39� H wall 18� 8� 30� 72 AL1 A3918 1,314.48� H wall 18� 8� 21� 72 AL1 A4818 1,314.64� H wall 18� 8� 5� 72 AL1 A6418 1,314.
Linear uplight, 24�W 39� H wall 24� 8� 30� 100 AL1 A3924 1,790.48� H wall 24� 8� 21� 100 AL1 A4824 1,790.64� H wall 24� 8� 5� 100 AL1 A6424 1,790.
Awning uplight 48� or 64�H wall 9� 8� 5� 32 AL1 AA 955.
Translucent awning 36� 24� 27� AA1C36T 596.
Order Code
Example: AL1 C48
AL1 LightingC Canopy48 Mounting height
Specification Information
Canopy is white perforatedaluminum. Light fixtures and postsare light grey finish.
Canopy and uplights utilizeelectronic ballasts, and 9� cordset.
Canopy and awning uplight have asingle 32 watt tri-biaxial compactfluorescent lamp.
18� linear uplight has two 36 wattbiaxial compact fluorescent lamps.
24� linear uplight has two 50 wattbiaxial compact fluorescent lamps.
For City of Chicago applications,specify fused cordset (suffix -CH),and add $82 list.
Finish for awning brackets:Awning brackets are integral colortrim grey finish.
Application Notes
Canopy, linear, and awning uplightsattach to standard height servicewall crown, on either side at anypoint. Lights mounted back-to-backallow space between for add-uppanels.
Canopy and linear uplight includerectangular post to position top oflight fixture at 73�H. Awninguplight mounts at 2� above crown foruse under awning.
Canopy light is designed forinteriors with high ceilings.
Integral white reflector of canopy issupported at 80�H.
Linear ambient uplights aredesigned for interiors with ceilingsfrom 8� to 10� high.
All lights include vertical cordmanager from crown to fixture.
Consult your Knoll representativefor photometric information onCurrents ambient lighting.
Awnings provide flexible lightcontrol in a workstation. Translucentawning is taut, whitepolyester fabric. Awnings attach totop crown of Currents service wall atany point.
Currents
112
Deskspin-set adjustableextended left
description w (l) w (r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 36� 24-30� AD C53 SF ( )( )( ) $1,612. $1,909. $2,209.60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 SF ( )( )( ) 1,732. 2,088. 2,446.72� 36� 24-30� AD C63 SF ( )( )( ) 1,732. 2,088. 2,446.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 SF ( )( )( ) 1,850. 2,268. 2,686.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 SF ( )( )( ) 1,970. 2,459. 2,953.
30�D left/24�D right corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 LF ( )( )( ) 1,826. 2,214. 2,600.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 LF ( )( )( ) 1,945. 2,392. 2,840.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 LF ( )( )( ) 2,063. 2,584. 3,001.
30�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 DF ( )( )( ) 1,921. 2,403. 2,869.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 DF ( )( )( ) 2,040. 2,548. 3,061.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 DF ( )( )( ) 2,160. 2,703. 3,240.
Order Code
Example: AD C64 LF 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape6 Width left4 Width rightL Depth (30�D left)F Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left/width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:F Manually adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify glides/casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks incorporate universalworksurface and adjustable C legs.Pin-set desk surface can be set atinstallation from 24� - 30� high, in1� increments.
Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner and adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges. Clearance underworksurfaces (for pedestals,BackPack or other accessories) is18�.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
113
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Deskspin-set adjustableextended right
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended right 36� 60� 24-30� AD C35 SF ( )( )( ) $1,612. $1,909. $2,209.36� 72� 24-30� AD C36 SF ( )( )( ) 1,732. 2,088. 2,446.48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 SF ( )( )( ) 1,732. 2,088. 2,446.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 SF ( )( )( ) 1,850. 2,268. 2,686.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 SF ( )( )( ) 1,970. 2,459. 2,953.
30�D right/24�D left corner desk, extended right 48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 RF ( )( )( ) 1,826. 2,214. 2,600.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 RF ( )( )( ) 1,945. 2,392. 2,840.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 RF ( )( )( ) 2,063. 2,584. 3,001.
30�D both sides 48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 DF ( )( )( ) 1,921. 2,403. 2,869.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 DF ( )( )( ) 2,040. 2,548. 3,061.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 DF ( )( )( ) 2,160. 2,703. 3,240.
Order Code
Example: AD C46 SF 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left6 Width rightS Depth (24� both sides)F Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left/width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:F Manually adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify glides/casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks incorporate universalworksurface and adjustable C legs.Pin-set desk surface can be set atinstallation from 24� - 30� high, in1� increments.
Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner and adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges. Clearance underworksurfaces (for pedestals,BackPack or other accessories) is18�.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
114
Deskspin-set adjustablecorner desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern number lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 SF ( )( )( ) $1,552. $1,820. $2,088.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 SF ( )( )( ) 1,612. 1,909. 2,209.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 SF ( )( )( ) 1,790. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 LF ( )( )( ) 1,588. 1,856. 2,126.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 LF ( )( )( ) 1,647. 1,945. 2,243.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 LF ( )( )( ) 1,826. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 RF ( )( )( ) 1,588. 1,856. 2,126.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 RF ( )( )( ) 1,647. 1,945. 2,243.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 RF ( )( )( ) 1,826. n/a n/a
30�D both sides corner desk 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 DF ( )( )( ) 1,624. 1,892. 2,161.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 DF ( )( )( ) 1,683. 1,980. 2,279.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 DF ( )( )( ) 1,862. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AD C44 LF 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left4 Width rightL Depth (30�D left)F Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left/width right:4 48�5 60�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:F Manually adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify glides/casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.Clear Maple not available on 60�Wx 60�D corner desks.
Application Notes
Desks incorporate universalworksurface and adjustable C legs.Pin-set desk surface can be set atinstallation from 24� - 30� high, in1� increments.
Corner desks provide up to 45�diagonal depth for large monitors,keyboard and mouse. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedge. Clearance under worksurfaces(for pedestals, BackPack or otheraccessories) is 18�.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
115
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Deskspin-set adjustablestraight desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern number lam. V2 V3
24�D straight desk, curved front 36� 24� 24-30� AD S36 SF ( )( )( ) $1,003. $1,146. $1,289.42� 24� 24-30� AD S42 SF ( )( )( ) 1,028. 1,182. 1,337.48� 24� 24-30� AD S48 SF ( )( )( ) 1,049. 1,218. 1,384.60� 24� 24-30� AD S60 SF ( )( )( ) 1,098. 1,289. 1,480.72� 24� 24-30� AD S72 SF ( )( )( ) 1,146. 1,359. 1,576.84� 24� 24-30� AD S84 SF ( )( )( ) 1,193. 1,432. 1,670.
30�D straight desk, curved front 36� 30� 24-30� AD S36 DF ( )( )( ) 1,110. 1,271. 1,432.42� 30� 24-30� AD S42 DF ( )( )( ) 1,134. 1,236. 1,480.48� 30� 24-30� AD S48 DF ( )( )( ) 1,158. 1,344. 1,527.60� 30� 24-30� AD S60 DF ( )( )( ) 1,218. 1,432. 1,647.72� 30� 24-30� AD S72 DF ( )( )( ) 1,289. 1,540. 1,790.
Order Code
Example: AD S48 DF 117 117 G
AD DeskS Shape48 WidthD DepthF Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:S Straight
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesD 30�D both sides
Base type:F Manually adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify glides/casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks incorporate universalworksurface and adjustable C legs.Pin-set desk surface can be set atinstallation from 24� - 30� high, in1� increments.
Straight desks have slightly curvedfront edges, to a maximum of 1�extra depth at the center. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedge. Clearance under worksurfaces(for pedestals, BackPack or otheraccessories) is 18�.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
116
Deskshandcrank adjustableextended left
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 36� 24-34� AD C53 SH ( )( )( ) $2,446. $2,746. $3,044.60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 SH ( )( )( ) 2,566. 2,924. 3,282.72� 36� 24-34� AD C63 SH ( )( )( ) 2,566. 2,924. 3,282.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 SH ( )( )( ) 2,686. 3,102. 3,520.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 SH ( )( )( ) 2,806. 3,282. 3,760.
30�D left/24�D right corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 LH ( )( )( ) 2,661. 3,049. 3,436.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 LH ( )( )( ) 2,781. 3,228. 3,675.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 LH ( )( )( ) 2,900. 3,407. 3,915.
30�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 DH ( )( )( ) 2,661. 3,049. 3,436.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 DH ( )( )( ) 2,781. 3,228. 3,675.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 DH ( )( )( ) 2,900. 3,407. 3,915.
Order Code
Example: AD C53 SH 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape5 Width left3 Width rightS DepthH Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:H Handcrank adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks incorporatesynchronized, adjustable C legs andcorner legs. Handcrank mechanismenables user to adjust worksurfacefrom 24� - 34� high (continuous)with collapsible crank under frontedge. Handcrank is located on theextended side of desks.
Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement. Crossbeam stiffenslegs through upper height range.Crossbeam is 4�H, 14� above floor.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner and adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector clearance alongback edge.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
117
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Deskshandcrank adjustableextended right
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended right 36� 60� 24-34� AD C35 SH ( )( )( ) $2,446. $2,746. $3,044.36� 72� 24-34� AD C36 SH ( )( )( ) 2,566. 2,924. 3,282.48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 SH ( )( )( ) 2,566. 2,924. 3,282.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 SH ( )( )( ) 2,686. 3,102. 3,520.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 SH ( )( )( ) 2,806. 3,282. 3,760.
30�D right/24�D left corner desk, extended left 48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 RH ( )( )( ) 2,661. 3,049. 3,436.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 RH ( )( )( ) 2,781. 3,228. 3,675.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 RH ( )( )( ) 2,900. 3,407. 3,915.
30�D both sides corner desk, extended left 48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 DH ( )( )( ) 2,661. 3,049. 3,436.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 DH ( )( )( ) 2,781. 3,228. 3,675.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 DH ( )( )( ) 2,900. 3,407. 3,915.
Order Code
Example: AD C35 SH 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape3 Width left5 Width rightS DepthH Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:H Handcrank adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks incorporatesynchronized, adjustable C legs andcorner legs. Handcrank mechanismenables user to adjust worksurfacefrom 24� - 34� high (continuous)with collapsible crank under frontedge. Handcrank is located on theextended side of desks.
Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement. Crossbeam stiffenslegs through upper height range.Crossbeam is 4�H, 14� above floor.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner and adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector clearance alongback edge.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
118
Deskshandcrank adjustablecorner desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 SH ( )( )( ) $2,342. $2,608. $2,878.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 SH ( )( )( ) 2,446. 2,746. 3,044.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 SH ( )( )( ) 2,625. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 LH ( )( )( ) 2,377. 2,644. 2,947.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 LH ( )( )( ) 2,481. 2,781. 3,078.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 LH ( )( )( ) 2,661. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 RH ( )( )( ) 2,377. 2,644. 2,947.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 RH ( )( )( ) 2,481. 2,781. 3,078.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 RH ( )( )( ) 2,661. n/a n/a
30�D both sides corner desk 48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 DH ( )( )( ) 2,518. 2,816. 3,115.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 DH ( )( )( ) 2,698. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AD C44 SH 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left4 Width rightS DepthH Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:4 48�5 60�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:H Handcrank adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.Clear Maple is not available on60�W x 60�D corner desks.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks incorporatesynchronized, adjustable C legs andcorner legs. Handcrank mechanismenables user to adjust worksurfacefrom 24� - 34� high (continuous)with collapsible crank under frontedge.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters or 13/4�levelling glides. Casters and glidesare interchangeable in the field.Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement.
Corner desks provide up to 45�diagonal depth for large monitors,keyboard and mouse. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector clearance alongback edge.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
119
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Deskshandcrank adjustablestraight desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D straight desk, curved front 36� 24� 24-34� AD S36 SH ( )( )( ) $1,598. $1,742. $1,886.42� 24� 24-34� AD S42 SH ( )( )( ) 1,623. 1,778. 1,934.48� 24� 24-34� AD S48 SH ( )( )( ) 1,647. 1,815. 1,980.60� 24� 24-34� AD S60 SH ( )( )( ) 1,695. 1,886. 2,077.72� 24� 24-34� AD S72 SH ( )( )( ) 1,742. 1,957. 2,172.84� 24� 24-34� AD S84 SH ( )( )( ) 1,790. 2,029. 2,268.
30�D straight desk, curved front 36� 30� 24-34� AD S36 DH ( )( )( ) 1,707. 1,867. 2,029.42� 30� 24-34� AD S42 DH ( )( )( ) 1,732. 1,903. 2,077.48� 30� 24-34� AD S48 DH ( )( )( ) 1,753. 1,940. 2,125.60� 30� 24-34� AD S60 DH ( )( )( ) 1,815. 2,029. 2,243.72� 30� 24-34� AD S72 DH ( )( )( ) 1,886. 2,136. 2,387.
Order Code
Example: AD S48 DH 117 117 G
AD DeskS Shape48 WidthD DepthH Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:S Straight
For straight desks specify:Width:36 36�42 42�48 48�60 60�72 72�84 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�DD 30�D
Base type:H Handcrank adjustable
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks incorporatesynchronized, adjustable C legs andcorner legs. Handcrank mechanismenables user to adjust worksurfacefrom 24� - 34� high (continuous)with collapsible crank under frontedge. Hand crank may be installedon the left or right side of anystraight or symmetrical corner desk.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters orlevelling glides with 13/4� travel.Integral cable tray underworksurface and channels in legsprovide basic lay-in wiremanagement.
Straight desks have slightly curvedfront edges, to a maximum of 1�extra depth at the center. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector clearance alongback edge.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Desks accept clamp-on workshelvesand service beams which supportprivacy screens, distribute powerand data, and are linkable.
Currents
120
Desks with service beampin-set adjustableextended left
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, with beam extendedleft
60� 36� 24-30� AD C53 SB ( )( )( ) $2,304. $2,600. $2,900.60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 SB ( )( )( ) 2,459. 2,816. 3,174.72� 36� 24-30� AD C63 SB ( )( )( ) 2,459. 2,816. 3,174.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 SB ( )( )( ) 2,615. 3,031. 3,450.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 SB ( )( )( ) 2,912. 3,401. 3,896.
30�D left/24�D right corner desk, with beamextended left
60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 LB ( )( )( ) 2,553. 2,942. 3,329.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 LB ( )( )( ) 2,708. 3,156. 3,604.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 LB ( )( )( ) 3,007. 3,526. 3,943.
30�D both sides corner desk, with beam extendedleft
60� 48� 24-30� AD C54 DB ( )( )( ) 2,863. 3,347. 3,813.72� 48� 24-30� AD C64 DB ( )( )( ) 2,982. 3,489. 4,003.84� 48� 24-30� AD C74 DB ( )( )( ) 3,101. 3,645. 4,182.
Order Code
Example: AD C64 SB 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape6 Width left4 Width rightS DepthB Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:B Adjustable with beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks with service beam havepower distribution capability,separate lay-in wire management,and sockets for privacy screens.Pin-set worksurface can be installedat 24�- 30� high, in 1� increments.
Beam provides privacy screensupport, modular powerdistribution, lay-in cabledistribution, and modesty to 14�above floor level. Service beams canbe linked for continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner plus adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters orlevelling glides with 13/4� travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.Specify power distributioncomponents separately.
Desks accept clamp-onworkshelves.
Currents
121
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Desks with service beampin-set adjustableextended right
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, with beam extendedright
36� 60� 24-30� AD C35 SB ( )( )( ) $2,304. $2,600. $2,900.36� 72� 24-30� AD C36 SB ( )( )( ) 2,459. 2,816. 3,174.48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 SB ( )( )( ) 2,459. 2,816. 3,174.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 SB ( )( )( ) 2,615. 3,031. 3,450.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 SB ( )( )( ) 2,912. 3,401. 3,896.
30�D right/24�D left corner desk, with beamextended right
48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 RB ( )( )( ) 2,553. 2,942. 3,329.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 RB ( )( )( ) 2,708. 3,156. 3,604.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 RB ( )( )( ) 3,007. 3,526. 3,943.
30�D both sides corner desk, with beam extendedright
48� 60� 24-30� AD C45 DB ( )( )( ) 2,863. 3,347. 3,813.48� 72� 24-30� AD C46 DB ( )( )( ) 2,982. 3,489. 4,003.48� 84� 24-30� AD C47 DB ( )( )( ) 3,101. 3,645. 4,182.
Order Code
Example: AD C46 SB 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left6 Width rightS DepthB Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:B Adjustable with beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks with service beam havepower distribution capability,separate lay-in wire management,and sockets for privacy screens.Pin-set worksurface can be installedat 24�- 30� high, in 1� increments.
Beam provides privacy screensupport, modular powerdistribution, lay-in cabledistribution, and modesty to 14�above floor level. Service beams canbe linked for continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner plus adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters orlevelling glides with 13/4� travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.Specify power distributioncomponents separately.
Desks accept clamp-onworkshelves.
Currents
122
Desks with service beampin-set adjustablecorner desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk with beam 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 SB ( )( )( ) $2,294. $2,562. $2,831.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 SB ( )( )( ) 2,304. 2,600. 2,900.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 SB ( )( )( ) 2,518. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner desk with beam 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 LB ( )( )( ) 2,330. 2,597. 2,866.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 LB ( )( )( ) 2,340. 2,637. 2,936.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 LB ( )( )( ) 2,553. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner desk with beam 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 RB ( )( )( ) 2,330. 2,597. 2,866.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 RB ( )( )( ) 2,340. 2,637. 2,936.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 RB ( )( )( ) 2,553. n/a n/a
30�D both sides corner desk with beam 42� 42� 24-30� AD C4242 DB ( )( )( ) 2,365. 2,633. 2,902.48� 48� 24-30� AD C44 DB ( )( )( ) 2,492. 2,673. 2,972.60� 60� 24-30� AD C55 DB ( )( )( ) 2,590. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AD C44 SB 117 117 G
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left4 Width rightS DepthB Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:4 48�5 60�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D leftD 30�D both sides
Base type:B Adjustable with beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.Clear Maple is not available on60�W x 60�D corner desks.
Application Notes
Desks with service beam havepower distribution capability,separate lay-in wire management,and sockets for privacy screens.Pin-set worksurface can be installedat 24�- 30� high, in 1� increments.
Beam provides excess cord storage,continuous power and lay-in cabledistribution, privacy screen support,and modesty to 14� above floorlevel. Service beams can be linkedfor continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Nominal worksurface depthsinclude 13/4� cable/connector spaceat back edge.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters orlevelling glides with 13/4� travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.Specify power distributioncomponents separately.
Desks accept clamp-onworkshelves.
Currents
123
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Desks with service beampin-set adjustablestraight desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D straight desk, curved front 36� 24� 24-30� AD S36 SB ( )( )( ) $1,301. $1,442. $1,587.42� 24� 24-30� AD S42 SB ( )( )( ) 1,344. 1,498. 1,654.48� 24� 24-30� AD S48 SB ( )( )( ) 1,384. 1,551. 1,718.60� 24� 24-30� AD S60 SB ( )( )( ) 1,467. 1,659. 1,850.72� 24� 24-30� AD S72 SB ( )( )( ) 1,551. 1,766. 1,980.84� 24� 24-30� AD S84 SB ( )( )( ) 1,726. 1,966. 2,203.
30�D straight desk, curved front 36� 30� 24-30� AD S36 DB ( )( )( ) 1,407. 1,569. 1,732.42� 30� 24-30� AD S42 DB ( )( )( ) 1,451. 1,623. 1,796.48� 30� 24-30� AD S48 DB ( )( )( ) 1,492. 1,676. 1,862.60� 30� 24-30� AD S60 DB ( )( )( ) 1,587. 1,802. 2,018.72� 30� 24-30� AD S72 DB ( )( )( ) 1,695. 1,945. 2,195.
Order Code
Example: AD S72 DB 117 117 G
AD DeskS Shape72 WidthD DepthB Base type117 Desktop finish117 Desk base finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:S Straight
For straight desks specify:
Width:36 36�42 42�48 48�60 60�72 72�84 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�DD 30�D
Base type:B Adjustable with beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Desks with service beam havepower distribution capability,separate lay-in wire management,and sockets for privacy screens.Pin-set worksurface can be installedat 24�- 30� high, in 1� increments.
Beam provides excess cord storage,continuous power and lay-in cabledistribution, privacy screen support,and modesty to 14� above floorlevel. Service beams can be linkedfor continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Straight desks have slightly curvedfront edge, to a minimum of 1� extradepth at center. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space at back edge.
Desks may be specified with fixedfront glides and rear casters orlevelling glides with 13/4� travel.
Straight desk beams have twoopenings for Knoll PDC modules.Specify power distributioncomponents separately.
Desks accept clamp-onworkshelves.
Currents
124
Desks with service beamhandcrank-adjustableextended left
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 36� 24-34� AD C53 SA ( )( )( ) $3,139. $3,436. $3,736.60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 SA ( )( )( ) 3,294. 3,652. 4,010.72� 36� 24-34� AD C63 SA ( )( )( ) 3,294. 3,652. 4,010.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 SA ( )( )( ) 3,450. 3,866. 4,284.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 SA ( )( )( ) 3,747. 4,223. 4,702.
30�D left/24�D right corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 LA ( )( )( ) 3,389. 3,777. 4,165.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 LA ( )( )( ) 3,544. 3,992. 4,440.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 LA ( )( )( ) 3,842. 4,350. 4,858.
30�D both sides corner desk, extended left 60� 48� 24-34� AD C54 DA ( )( )( ) 3,496. 3,885. 4,270.72� 48� 24-34� AD C64 DA ( )( )( ) 3,663. 4,110. 4,558.84� 48� 24-34� AD C74 DA ( )( )( ) 3,842. 4,350. 4,858.
Order Code
Example: AD C64 SA 117 117 C
AD DeskC Shape6 Width left4 Width rightS DepthA Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesD 30�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D left
Base type:A Handcrank adjustable with
beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks with service beamare mobile, adjustable desks withintegral wire management, powerdistribution capability, and privacyscreen inserts.
Handcrank adjustable desk adjustscontinuously from 24-34�H withcollapsible crank under front edge.Handcrank is located on theextended side of extended cornerdesks.
Beam provides privacy screensupport, modular powerdistribution, lay-in cable powerdistribution, and modesty to 14�above floor level. Service beams canbe linked for continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner plus adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges.
Desks may be specified on fixedfront glides and rear casters or 21/4�adjustable levelling glides with 13/4�travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Currents
125
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Desks with service beamhandcrank-adjustableextended right
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk, extended right 36� 60� 24-34� AD C35 SA ( )( )( ) $3,139. $3,436. $3,736.36� 72� 24-34� AD C36 SA ( )( )( ) 3,294. 3,652. 4,010.48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 SA ( )( )( ) 3,294. 3,652. 4,010.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 SA ( )( )( ) 3,450. 3,866. 4,284.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 SA ( )( )( ) 3,747. 4,223. 4,702.
30�D right/24�D left corner desk, extended right 48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 RA ( )( )( ) 3,389. 3,777. 4,165.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 RA ( )( )( ) 3,544. 3,992. 4,440.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 RA ( )( )( ) 3,842. 4,350. 4,858.
30�D both sides corner desk, extended right 48� 60� 24-34� AD C45 DA ( )( )( ) 3,496. 3,885. 4,270.48� 72� 24-34� AD C46 DA ( )( )( ) 3,663. 4,110. 4,558.48� 84� 24-34� AD C47 DA ( )( )( ) 3,842. 4,350. 4,858.
Order Code
Example: AD C46 SA 117 117 C
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left6 Width rightS DepthA Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:3 36�4 48�5 60�6 72�7 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesD 30�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D left
Base type:A Handcrank adjustable with
beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Specify:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks with service beamare mobile, adjustable desks withintegral wire management, powerdistribution capability, and privacyscreen inserts.
Handcrank adjustable desk adjustscontinuously from 24-34�H withcollapsible crank under front edge.Handcrank is located on theextended side of extended cornerdesks.
Beam provides privacy screensupport, modular powerdistribution, lay-in cable powerdistribution, and modesty to 14�above floor level. Service beams canbe linked for continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Extended corner desks providecomputer corner plus adjacent workarea in one unit. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space along backedges.
Desks may be specified on fixedfront glides and rear casters or 21/4�adjustable levelling glides with 13/4�travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Currents
126
Desks with service beamhandcrank-adjustablecorner desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D both sides corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 SA ( )( )( ) $3,129. $3,374. $3,666.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 SA ( )( )( ) 3,139. 3,436. 3,736.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 SA ( )( )( ) 3,353. n/a n/a
30�D left/24�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 LA ( )( )( ) 3,166. 3,433. 3,702.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 LA ( )( )( ) 3,174. 3,472. 3,771.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 LA ( )( )( ) 3,389. n/a n/a
24�D left/30�D right corner desk 42� 42� 24-34� AD C4242 RA ( )( )( ) 3,166. 3,433. 3,702.48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 RA ( )( )( ) 3,174. 3,472. 3,771.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 RA ( )( )( ) 3,389. n/a n/a
30�D both side corner desk 48� 48� 24-34� AD C44 DA ( )( )( ) 3,210. 3,509. 3,807.60� 60� 24-34� AD C55 DA ( )( )( ) 3,426. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AD C44 SA 117 117 C
AD DeskC Shape4 Width left4 Width rightS DepthA Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:C Corner
Width left, width right:4 48�5 60�
Worksurface depth:S 24�D both sidesD 30�D both sidesL 30�D left, 24�D rightR 30�D right, 24�D left
Base type:A Handcrank adjustable with
beam
Specify handcrank left or right sideof desk:L leftR right
Specify desk top and base finish.
Casters/no casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.Clear Maple is not available on60�W x 60�D corner desks.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks with service beamare mobile, adjustable desks withintegral wire management, powerdistribution capability, and privacyscreen inserts.
Handcrank adjustable base adjustscontinuously from 24-34�H withcollapsible crank under front edge.
Beam provides excess cord storage,continuous power and lay-in cabledistribution, privacy screen support,and modesty to 14� above floorlevel. Service beams can be linkedfor continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Nominal worksurface depthsinclude 13/4� cable/connector spaceat back edge.
Desks may be specified on fixedfront glides and rear casters or 21/4�adjustable levelling glides with 13/4�travel.
Corner desk beams have fouropenings for Knoll PDC modules.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Currents
127
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Desks with service beamhandcrank-adjustablestraight desk
description w(l) w(r) h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
24�D straight desk, curved front 36� 24� 24-34� AD S36 SA ( )( )( ) $1,897. $2,040. $2,185.42� 24� 24-34� AD S42 SA ( )( )( ) 1,940. 2,094. 2,250.48� 24� 24-34� AD S48 SA ( )( )( ) 1,980. 2,148. 2,315.60� 24� 24-34� AD S60 SA ( )( )( ) 2,063. 2,255. 2,446.72� 24� 24-34� AD S72 SA ( )( )( ) 2,148. 2,315. 2,578.84� 24� 24-34� AD S84 SA ( )( )( ) 2,323. 2,562. 2,802.
30�D straight desk, curved front 36� 30� 24-34� AD S36 DA ( )( )( ) 2,004. 2,165. 2,328.42� 30� 24-34� AD S42 DA ( )( )( ) 2,047. 2,219. 2,392.48� 30� 24-34� AD S48 DA ( )( )( ) 2,088. 2,273. 2,459.60� 30� 24-34� AD S60 DA ( )( )( ) 2,185. 2,398. 2,615.72� 30� 24-34� AD S72 DA ( )( )( ) 2,291. 2,542. 2,791.
Order Code
Example: AD S60 SA 117 117 C
AD DeskS Shape60 WidthS DepthA Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify desk shape:S Straight
For straight desks specify:
Width:36 36�42 42�48 48�60 60�72 72�84 84�
Worksurface depth:S 24�DD 30�D
Base type:A Handcrank adjustable with
beam
Specify desk top and base finish.
Casters/no casters:C Rear castersG Glides
Worksurface edges are trim grey.
Application Notes
Handcrank desks with service beamare mobile, adjustable desks withintegral wire management, powerdistribution capability, and privacyscreen inserts.
Handcrank adjustable base adjustscontinuously from 24-34�H withcollapsible crank under front edge.Handcrank may be installed on theleft or right side of any straight orsymmetrical corner desk.
Beam provides excess cord storage,continuous power and lay-in cabledistribution, privacy screen support,and modesty to 14� above floorlevel. Service beams can be linkedfor continuous power/datadistribution through adjacent desksand credenzas with service beams.
Straight desks have slightly curvedfront edge, to a minimum of 1� extradepth at center. Nominalworksurface depths include 13/4�cable/connector space at back edge.
Desks may be specified on fixedfront glides and rear casters or 21/4�adjustable levelling glides with 13/4�travel.
Straight desk beams have twoopenings for Knoll PDC modules.
Handcrank mechanism is rated at300 lbs. maximum weight.
Currents
128
Basic credenzaslaminate top
description type w d h pattern no. lam./P1/P2 lam./P3
Basic credenza with laminate top two file drawers casters 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 C ( )( )( ) $1,773. $1,862.casters 30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 C ( )( )( ) 1,958. 2,056.glides 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 1,714. 1,801.glides 30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 1,900. 1,996.
Order Code
Example: AC 30 C2C 117 117 117
AC Currents credenza30 WidthC Basic credenza2 2 drawerC Caster117 Top finish117 Case finish117 Front finish
Specification Information
Specify finish for top, case and front.
Application Notes
Basic credenzas are freestandingstorage assemblies with or withouttop, 24� or 30� wide.
They may be specified on casters orglides.
All units accept clamp-onworkshelf.
Grommeted openings on back and atthe bottom allow cable feeds.
Currents
129
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Basic credenzasveneer top
description type w d h pattern no. P1/P2 front P3 front V2 front V3 front
Basic credenza with V2 top two file drawers casters 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 C ( )( )( ) $1,889. $1,983. $2,178. n/a30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 C ( )( )( ) 2,075. 2,178. 2,387. n/a
glides 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 1,830. 1,922. 2,109. n/a30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 2,017. 2,116. 2,329. n/a
Basic credenza with V3 top two file drawers casters 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 C ( )( )( ) 2,004. 2,105. n/a 2,514.30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 C ( )( )( ) 2,190. 2,299. n/a 2,747.
glides 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 1,946. 2,045. n/a 2,434.30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 G ( )( )( ) 2,132. 2,239. n/a 2,666.
Order Code
Example: AC 30 C2C 4 117 117
AC Currents credenza30 WidthC Basic credenza2 2 file drawersC Casters4 Top finish117 Case finish117 Fronts finish
Specification Information
Specify Credenza top, case andfront finish.
Application Notes
Basic credenzas are freestandingstorage assemblies, 24� or 30� wide.
They may be specified on casters orglides.
All units accept clamp-onworkshelf.
Grommeted opening on back and atthe bottom allow cable feeds.
Currents
130
Basic credenzasopen top
description type w d h pattern no. P1/P2 front P3 front V2 front V3 front
Basic credenza open top two file drawers casters 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 C N ( )( ) $1,657. $1,740. $1,946. $2,514.30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 C N ( )( ) 1,843. 1,935. 2,156. 2,747.
glides 24� 24� 28� AC 24 C 2 G N ( )( ) 1,598. 1,679. 1,877. 2,434.30� 24� 28� AC 30 C 2 G N ( )( ) 1,784. 1,874. 2,098. 2,666.
Order Code
Example: AC 30 C2C N 117 117
AC Currents credenza30 WidthC Basic credenza2 2 file drawersC CastersN Open top117 Case finish117 Fronts finish
Specification Information
Specify Credenza case and frontfinish.
Application Notes
Basic credenzas are freestandingstorage assemblies, 24� or 30� wide.
They may be specified on casters orglides.
All units accept clamp-onworkshelf.
Grommeted opening on back and atthe bottom allow cable feeds.
Currents
131
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Credenzaslaminate top
description width depth height pattern number L-P1/P2
Box/data/file/two file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) $3,059.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,440.
Two files/box/data/file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,059.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,440.
All file drawers 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,805.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,187.
Enclosed shelves 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,166.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,422.
Order Code
Example: AC 3B 23 S 117 117 117C
AC Credenza3 WidthB Basic23 ConfigurationS Stanchions117 Credenza top finish117 Credenza case finish117 Fronts finishC Casters
Specification Information
Credenza configuration left, right:0 Open shelf 18�W1 Door cabinet 18�W/24�W2 2 file pedestal 18�/24�W3 personal/data/file 18�W
Specify:S Stanchions for Reuter
overhead storageN No stanchions
Specify laminate top, case andfront finish.
Casters/no casters:C CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Credenzas are freestanding storageassemblies with top and overheadstorage capability.
Credenzas on this page have four18�W or 24�W lateral file drawers orenclosed shelves.
Credenza top slides forward toaccess 4�D cable feed/storage areainside case at rear. Grommetedopenings on back and at the bottomallow power and cable feeds. Cablecoil kit fits in cable storage area.
Top may be specified ‘‘S’’ for cornercutouts to accept stanchions forReuter overhead storage (specifiedseparately). All credenzas supportworkshelf.
Credenzas also accept servicebeams which support privacyscreens, distribute power and data,and are linkable.
Credenzas may be specified onlocking casters or glides with 13/4�travel.
Currents
132
Credenzasveneer top
description width depth height pattern number V2-P1/P2 V3-P1/P2 V2/V2 V3/V3
Box/data/file/two file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) $3,193. $3,326. $3,752. $4,167.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,600. 3,761. 4,212. 4,677.
Two files/box/data/file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,193. 3,326. 3,752. 4,167.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,600. 3,761. 4,212. 4,677.
All file drawers 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,937. 3,071. 3,474. 3,874.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,346. 3,506. 3,856. 4,384.
Enclosed shelves 36� 24� 28� AC 3B 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,300. 2,435. 2,733. 3,085.48� 24� 28� AC 4B 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,581. 2,740. 3,065. 3,466.
Order Code
Example: AC 3B 23 S 8 117 C C
AC Credenza3 WidthB Basic23 ConfigurationS Stanchions8 Credenza top finish117 Credenza case finishC Fronts finishC Casters
Specification Information
Credenza configuration left, right:0 Open shelf 18�W1 Door cabinet 18�W/24�W2 2 file pedestal 18�/24�W3 personal/data/file 18�WS Stanchions for Reuter
overhead storageN No stanchions
Specify top, case and front finish.
Casters/no casters:C CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Credenzas are freestanding storageassemblies with top and overheadstorage capability.
Credenzas on this page have four18�W or 24�W lateral file drawers orenclosed shelves.
Credenza top slides forward toaccess 4�D cable feed/storage areainside case at rear. Grommetedopenings on back and at the bottomallow power and cable feeds. Cablecoil kit fits in cable storage area.
Top may be specified ‘‘S’’ for cornercutouts to accept stanchions forReuter overhead storage (specifiedseparately). All credenzas supportworkshelf.
Credenzas also accept servicebeams which support privacyscreens, distribute power and data,and are linkable.
Credenzas may be specified onlocking casters or glides with 13/4�travel.
Currents
133
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Credenzas with service beamlaminate top
description width depth height pattern number L-P1/P2
Box/data/file/2 files combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) $3,340.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,773.
Two files/box/data/file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,340.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,773.
All file drawers 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,085.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,517.
Enclosed shelves 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 11 ( )( )( )( ) 2,448.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,754.
Order Code
Example: AC 3A 32N 117 117 117G
AC Credenza3 WidthA Service beam3 Configuration left2 Configuration rightN No stanchions117 Credenza top finish117 Credenza case finish117 Fronts finishG Glides
Specification Information
Credenza configuration left, right:0 Open shelf 18�W1 Door cabinet 18�W/24�W2 2 file pedestal 18�/24�W3 personal/data/file 18�WS Stanchions for Reuter
overhead storageN No stanchions
Specify top, case and front finish.
Casters/no casters:C CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Credenzas with service beam arefreestanding storage assemblieswith top, integral wire management,privacy screen inserts and overheadstorage capability.
Credenzas on this page combine18�W personal/data/file drawersand 18�W or 30�W lateral filedrawers. Configurations may bereversed left/right in field.
Credenza top slides forward toaccess 4�D cable feed/storage areainside case at rear. Grommetedopenings on back and at the bottomallow power and cable feeds. Cablecoil kit fits in cable storage area.
Credenza wireway beam may belinked to adjacent desk or credenzabeams for continuous lay-in cable.
All credenzas accept clamp-onworkshelf.
Top may be specified ‘‘S’’ for cornercutouts to accept stanchions forReuter overhead storage (specifiedseparately). All credenzas supportworkshelf.
Credenzas may be specified onlocking casters or glides with 13/4�travel.
Currents
134
Credenzas with service beamveneer top
description type width depth height pattern number V2-P1/P2 V3-P1/P2 V2/V2 V3/V3
Box/data/file/2 files combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) $3,474. $3,607. $4,033. $4,449.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 32 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,932. 4,090. 4,544. 5,009.
Two files/box/data/file combination 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,474. 3,607. 4,033. 4,449.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 23 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,932. 4,090. 4,544. 5,009.
All file drawers 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,218. 3,352. 3,752. 4,156.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 22 ( )( )( )( )( ) 3,677. 3,836. 4,187. 4,715.
Enclosed shelves 36� 24� 28� AC 3A 11 ( )( )( )( ) 2,581. 2,714. 3,014. 3,364.48� 24� 28� AC 4A 11 ( )( )( )( )( ) 2,913. 3,071. 3,398. 3,797.
Order Code
Example: AC 3A 32N 8 117 C G
AC Credenza3 WidthA Service beam3 Configuration left2 Configuration rightN No stanchions8 Credenza top finish117 Credenza case finishC Fronts finishG Glides
Specification Information
Credenza configuration left, right:0 Open shelf 18�W1 Door cabinet 18�W/24�W2 2 file pedestal 18�/24�W3 personal/data/file 18�WS Stanchions for Reuter
overhead storageN No stanchions
Specify top, case and front finish.
Casters/no casters:C CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Credenzas with service beam arefreestanding storage assemblieswith top, integral wire management,privacy screen inserts and overheadstorage capability.
Credenzas on this page combine18�W personal/data/file drawersand 18�W or 30�W lateral filedrawers. Configurations may bereversed left/right in field.
Credenza top slides forward toaccess 4�D cable feed/storage areainside case at rear. Grommetedopenings on back and at the bottomallow power and cable feeds. Cablecoil kit fits in cable storage area.
Credenza wireway beam may belinked to adjacent desk or credenzabeams for continuous lay-in cable.
All credenzas accept clamp-onworkshelf.
Top may be specified ‘‘S’’ for cornercutouts to accept stanchions forReuter overhead storage (specifiedseparately). All credenzas supportworkshelf.
Credenzas may be specified onlocking casters or glides with 13/4�travel.
Currents
135
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Service beams for desks or credenzas
description w d h pattern no. paint
Service beam, straight desk 36� – 9� AA1RW36( ) $334.42� – 9� AA1RW42( ) 358.48� – 9� AA1RW48( ) 383.60� – 9� AA1RW60( ) 430.72� – 9� AA1RW72( ) 477.84� – 9� AA1RW84( ) 534.
Service beam set for corner desk 36� 60� 9� AA1RWC35( ) 787.36� 72� 9� AA1RWC36( ) 836.42� 42� 9� AA1RWC4242( ) 740.48� 48� 9� AA1RWC44( ) 787.48� 60� 9� AA1RWC45( ) 836.48� 72� 9� AA1RWC46( ) 883.48� 84� 9� AA1RWC47( ) 941.60� 36� 9� AA1RWC53( ) 787.60� 48� 9� AA1RWC54( ) 836.60� 60� 9� AA1RWC55( ) 883.72� 36� 9� AA1RWC63( ) 836.72� 48� 9� AA1RWC64( ) 883.84� 48� 9� AA1RWC74( ) 941.
Service beam, one side of corner desk (left) 36� – 9� AA1RWL36( ) 358.42� – 9� AA1RWL42( ) 383.48� – 9� AA1RWL48( ) 406.60� – 9� AA1RWL60( ) 453.72� – 9� AA1RWL72( ) 502.84� – 9� AA1RWL84( ) 550.
Service beam, one side of corner desk (right) 36� – 9� AA1RWR36( ) 358.42� – 9� AA1RWR42( ) 383.48� – 9� AA1RWR48( ) 406.60� – 9� AA1RWR60( ) 453.72� – 9� AA1RWR72( ) 502.84� – 9� AA1RWR84( ) 550.
Order Code
Example: AA1 RW48 117
AA1 Desk accessoryR ReplacementW Wireway48 Width117 Finish
Specification Information
For corner service beam sets ‘‘w’’column indicates width of left side,‘‘d’’ column indicates width of rightside of desk.
Specify paint finish for servicebeams.
Application Notes
Service beams fit on to desks orcredenzas to provide lay-in wiremanagement, power and datanetwork distribution, and modesty to14� above floor. Service beams donot attach to fixed height C-legs.
Straight service beams areapplicable on corresponding widthstraight C-leg desks.
Service beam corner sets includecorner connector for continuouswireway under corner desks.
Service beams for one side of cornerdesk may be specified when otherside is planned along service wall.
Retracting doors in end caps andcorners allow lay-in cabling andpower jumpers from desk-to-desk.Each beam has two openings forKnoll PDC modules; corner desksets have four openings.
Ballast plate is required whenadding service beam to 60� x 24� or72� x 24� handcrank desk. Ballastplate attaches under worksurface.
Currents
136
Service beams for desks or credenzas
description w d h pattern no. paint
Replacement service beam corner 4� 4� 9� AA1RWC( ) $119.
Credenza service beam 36� 3� 9� AA1RW3C( ) 263.48� 3� 9� AA1RW4C( ) 310.
Ballast plate for handcrank desks AA1BP6 42.
Order Code
Example: AA1 RW48 117
AA1 Desk accessoryR ReplacementW Wireway48 Width117 Finish
Specification Information
For corner service beam sets ‘‘w’’column indicates width of left side,‘‘d’’ column indicates width of rightside of desk.
Specify paint finish for servicebeams.
Application Notes
Service beams fit on to desks orcredenzas to provide lay-in wiremanagement, power and datanetwork distribution, and modesty to14� above floor. Service beams donot attach to fixed height C-legs.
Straight service beams areapplicable on corresponding widthstraight C-leg desks.
Service beam corner sets includecorner connector for continuouswireway under corner desks.
Service beams for one side of cornerdesk may be specified when otherside is planned along service wall.
Retracting doors in end caps andcorners allow lay-in cabling andpower jumpers from desk-to-desk.Each beam has two openings forKnoll PDC modules; corner desksets have four openings.
Ballast plate is required whenadding service beam to 60� x 24� or72� x 24� handcrank desk. Ballastplate attaches under worksurface.
Currents
137
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Power, data and communications components for desks andcredenzas2 + 2 Racewayoutlet module, linking bracket, jumper cable
description type w pattern no. paint
Outlet module for desk service beam 2 outlets 12� AR1 DEM2 ( ) $216.4 outlets 24� AR1 DEM4 ( ) 289.
Desk-to-desk/credenza linking bracket AA1DD( ) 42.
Desk to wall linking bracket AA1DW( ) 145.
Jumper cable 12� wall/36� desk 37� AR1 EJ1 73.24� wall/48� desk 49� AR1 EJ2 96.36� wall/60� desk 61� AR1 EJ3 109.48� wall/84� desk 73� AR1 EJ4 120.60� wall/84� desk 85� AR1 EJ5 133.72� wall/96� desk 97� AR1 EJ6 145.108� desk 109� AR1 EJ7 157.96� wall/120� desk 121� AR1 EJ8 168.120� wall/144� desk 145� AR1 EJ10 193.
Order Code
Example: AR1 EJ5
AR1 RacewayE 2+2, eight wireJ Jumpers5 Width
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits in desk andcredenza service beams: twoconvenience circuits and twoprotected circuits with heavygrounds and heavy-duty #10neutrals.
For outlet module specify paintfinish.
Application Notes
Knoll 2+2, four circuit powercomponents mount in desk beamsand in credenza stanchions.Powered desks and credenzas mustbe specified with glides (not casters)and linking brackets.
Desk outlet module mounts incenter of beam, in lower tray.Module accepts two or four duplexoutlets plus two jumper cables ateach end. Duplex outlets snap intooutlet modules. Four outlet modulefits nominal beam lengths of 60� orlarger.
Desk-to-desk linking bracket linksany beam ends or corners, universalfor all joint conditions. Desk-to-walllinking bracket connects betweenwall attachment zone and beam endor corner.
Jumper cables connect power fromoutlet module to outlet module.Specify actual length between outletmodules.
Currents
138
Power, data and communications components for desks andcredenzas2 + 2 Racewayoutlets, infeeds, cord tray
description type w d h pattern no. black
orange (-0)or orange
triangle (-T) black/orange paint
Duplex outlet Circuit A AR1 DA $30.Circuit B AR1 DB 30.Circuit X AR1 DX 30. 35.Circuit Y AR1 DY 30. 35.
Power infeeds Hardwire infeed AR1 DEHI( ) 241.Modular infeed AR1 DEPI 181.
Credenza stanchion outlet (includes outlets) AR1 OHS ( ) 181. 193.
Auxiliary cord tray 20� 2� 6� AR1 CB 96.
Order Code
Example: AR1 DEPI
AR1 RacewayDEPI Infeed type
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits in desk andcredenza service beams: twoconvenience circuits and twoprotected circuits with heavygrounds and heavy-duty #10neutrals.
For outlet module specify paintfinish.
For stanchion outlet specify:N All black outlet facesNO Black A/B and orange X/Y
Application Notes
Modular infeed is 7� liquidtightflexible conduit with pigtails on oneend and modular jumper plug onother end. Hardwire infeed isfield-wirable junction box whichfastens to beam and has modularjumper and plug.
Credenza stanchion outlet includestwo duplex outlets, with one outletaccessing each of circuits A, B, X,and Y. Outlet housings have flexibleconduit leadout, terminated by adual modular connector whichaccepts jumpers.
Auxiliary cord tray attaches beneathstiffener under desk orpanel-mounted worksurface toaccommodate transformers or abundle of cables. U.L. does notpermit outlet strip in auxiliary cordtray.
Currents
139
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Power, data and communications components for desks andcredenzas3 + 3 Racewayoutlet, linking bracket, jumper cable
description type w d h pattern no. no finish/paint
Outlet module for desk service beam 36�, 42�, 48� beam 12� AR1 DTM2 ( ) $253.60�, 72�, 84� beam 24� AR1 DTM4 ( ) 331.
Desk to wall linking bracket AA1DW( ) 145.
Jumper cable 12� wall/36� desk 37� AR1 TJ1 84.24� wall/48� desk 49� AR1 TJ2 109.36� wall/60� desk 61� AR1 TJ3 133.48� wall/72� desk 73� AR1 TJ4 145.60� wall/84� desk 85� AR1 TJ5 157.72� wall/96� desk 97� AR1 TJ6 168.108� desk 109� AR1 TJ7 193.96� wall/120� desk 121� AR1 TJ8 193.120� wall/144� desk 145� AR1 TJ10 216.
Desk-to-desk/credenza linking bracket AA1DD( ) 42.
Order Code
Example: AR1 DTM4 117
AR1 RacewayDT 3+3, deskM Outlet module4 Four outlets117 Finish
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits in desk andcredenza service beams: threeconvenience circuits and threeprotected circuits with heavygrounds and heavy-duty #10neutrals.
For outlet module specify paintfinish.
For stanchion outlet specify:N Black outlet facesNO Black A/B and orange X/Y
Application Notes
Knoll 3+3, six circuit powercomponents mount in desk beamsand in credenza stanchions.Powered desks and credenzas mustbe specified with glides (not casters)and linking brackets.
Desk outlet module mounts incenter of beam, in lower tray.Module accepts two or four duplexoutlets plus two jumper cables ateach end. Duplex outlets snap intooutlet module. Four outlet modulefits nominal beam lengths of 60� orlarger.
Jumper cables connect power fromoutlet module to outlet module.Specify actual length between outletmodules.
Currents
140
Power, data and communications components for desks andcredenzas3 + 3 Racewayoutlets, infeeds, cord tray
description type w d h pattern no. black
orange (-0)or orange
triangle (-T)black/orange
no finish/paint
Duplex outlet Circuit A AR1 DA $30.Circuit B AR1 DB 30.Circuit C AR1 DC 30.Circuit X AR1 DX 30. 35.Circuit Y AR1 DY 30. 35.Circuit Z AR1 DZ 30. 35.
Power infeeds Hardwire base infeed AR1 DTHI( ) 277.Modular infeed AR1 DTPI 205.
Credenza stanchion outlet (includes outlets) AR1 OHS ( ) 181. 193.
Auxiliary cord tray 20� 2� 6� AR1 CB 96.
Order Code
Example: AR1 DTPI
AR1 RacewayDTPI Infeed type
Specification Information
Raceway components distribute four20-amp circuits in desk andcredenza service beams: threeconvenience circuits and threeprotected circuits with heavygrounds and heavy-duty #10neutrals.
For outlet module specify paintfinish.
For stanchion outlet specify:N Black outlet facesNO Black A/B and orange X/Y
Application Notes
Modular infeed is 7� liquidtightflexible conduit with pigtails on oneend and modular jumper plug onother end. Hardwire infeed isfield-wirable junction box whichfastens to beam and has modularjumper end.
Credenza stanchion outlet includestwo duplex outlets, with one outletaccessing each of circuits A, B, X,and Y. Outlet housings have flexibleconduit leadout, terminated by adual modular connector whichaccepts jumpers. Auxiliary cord trayattaches beneath stiffener underdesk or panel-mounted worksurfaceto accommodate transformers or abundle of cables. U.L. does notpermit outlet strip in auxiliary cordtray.
Currents
141
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Above-desk storage and lighting for desks and credenzasworkshelf and T5 task light
description type w d h pattern no. paint Standard Advanced
Workshelf 21� 13� 6� AA1WS24( ) $430.27� 13� 6� AA1WS30( ) 453.33� 13� 6� AA1WS36( ) 477.45� 13� 6� AA1WS48( ) 513.
Workshelf dividers (set of 5) AA1WSD( ) 119.
Task Light Used with 24� and wider workshelf 19� 4� 11/2� AA2T5E19 ( ) 146. n/aUsed with 30� and wider workshelf 25� 4� 11/2� AA2T5E25 ( ) 184. 360.Used with 48� and wider workshelf 37� 4� 11/2� AA2T5E37 ( ) 206. 394.
Order Code
Example: AA1 WS24 117
AA1 AccessoryWS Workshelf24 Width117 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finishes for workshelfand dividers.
Specify:
Width - Task Lights mount incabinets and shelves at least 6�wider than light width.
Type:S StandardA Advanced
Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: AA2T5E19S-CH
All housings are black.
Application Notes
Workshelf mounts anywhere alongback of desk or credenza,independent of privacy screens.Workshelf includes uprights andclamps for Currents, Equity, orMorrison 11/4� worksurfaces.
Task lights mount into the recess inthe underside of overhead cabinetsand shelves at least 6� wider thantask light width.
Task lights include T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 9� groundedcorset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.
Task light cordset is center exit. Onsmaller units cord exit is slightlyoff-center, but still not handed.
Task lights are TCLP compliant andmeet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 24.
Advanced task lights are fitted withballast and lamp compliant withLEED requirements.
Currents
142
Privacy screens for desks and credenzasperforated steel
description w d h pattern no. perforated
Perforated steel screens to 30�H 36� 1� 9� AZ1 0936H ( ) $286.42� 1� 9� AZ1 0942H ( ) 300.48� 1� 9� AZ1 0948H ( ) 310.60� 1� 9� AZ1 0960H ( ) 334.72� 1� 9� AZ1 0972H ( ) 358.
Order Code
Example: AZ1 0936 H 117
AZ1 Privacy screen09 Height36 WidthH Surface117 Bracket finish
Specification Information
Privacy screen surface types:H Perforated (9� only)
Specify painted finish for perforatedscreens and screen brackets.
Application Notes
Privacy screens plug intocorresponding width service beamat back edge of desks andcredenzas.
Screens to 30�H are painted finish,perforated steel, to conceal cableclutter from desktop equipment toservice beam. Higher screens aretackable/acoustical upholsteredsurface on both sides.
Screens include brackets to mountto desk or credenza with servicebeams of corresponding width. Two36�W screens may be specified for72�W desks.
One 48�W screen can also beplanned at either end of 72� straightor corner beam.
Screens may be shared betweendesks in back-to-backconfigurations.
Currents
143
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Privacy screens for desks and credenzasupholstered
description w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45 50 55
Upholstered privacy screens to 39�H 36� 13/8� 18� AZ1 1836F ( )( ) $415. $430. $443. $472. $487. $502. $515. $544. $578.42� 13/8� 18� AZ1 1842F ( )( ) 437. 453. 470. 504. 519. 538. 553. 583. 618.48� 13/8� 18� AZ1 1848F ( )( ) 459. 477. 496. 535. 553. 572. 592. 621. 656.60� 13/8� 18� AZ1 1860F ( )( ) 549. 572. 596. 645. 669. 693. 716. 755. 803.72� 13/8� 18� AZ1 1872F ( )( ) n/a 649. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Upholstered privacy screens to 48�H 36� 13/8� 27� AZ1 2736F ( )( ) 518. 538. 555. 591. 609. 626. 645. 685. 723.42� 13/8� 27� AZ1 2742F ( )( ) 549. 567. 594. 629. 650. 672. 693. 731. 763.48� 13/8� 27� AZ1 2748F ( )( ) 572. 596. 621. 669. 693. 716. 739. 777. 806.60� 13/8� 27� AZ1 2760F ( )( ) 685. 716. 747. 806. 836. 865. 895. 943. 1,003.72� 13/8� 27� AZ1 2772F ( )( ) n/a 811. n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: AZ1 1848 F15 117
AZ1 Privacy screen18 Height48 WidthF Surface15 Fabric group117 Bracket finish
Specification Information
Privacy screen surface types:H Perforated (9� only)
Specify finish:F Tackable fabric (18� or
27�H)
Specify fabric group:10 Fabric group 1015 Fabric group 1520 Fabric group 2030 Fabric group 3035 Fabric group 3540 Fabric group 4045 Fabric group 4550 Fabric group 5055 Fabric group 55
Edges of privacy screens are trimgrey.
Application Notes
Privacy screens plug intocorresponding width service beamat back edge of desks andcredenzas.
Screens to 30�H are painted finish,perforated steel, to conceal cableclutter from desktop equipment toservice beam. Higher screens aretackable/acoustical upholsteredsurface on both sides.
Screens include brackets to mountto desk or credenza with servicebeams of corresponding width. Two36�W screens may be specified for72�W desks.
One 48�W screen can also beplanned at either end of 72� straightor corner beam.
Screens may be shared betweendesks in back-to-backconfigurations.
Currents
144
Privacy screens for desks and credenzaswindows and connectors
description width depth height pattern number list price
Windows 36� 1� 9� AZ1 U0936T ( ) $286.42� 1� 9� AZ1 U0942T ( ) 316.48� 1� 9� AZ1 U0948T ( ) 346.60� 1� 9� AZ1 U0960T ( ) 418.
Straight privacy screen connectors – – – AZ1 CS 25.
Corner privacy screen connectors 1� – 18� AZ1 CL18 ( ) 48.1� – 27� AZ1 CL27 ( ) 60.1� – 36� AZ1 CL36 ( ) 73.
Order Code
Example: AZ1 U0948T 117
AZ1 Privacy screenU Window09 Height48 WidthT Surface finish117 Frame finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for windowframe and corner connectors.
Windows are translucent acrylic.Ends of windows are trim grey.
Application Notes
Windows attach to top of anysame-width upholstered privacyscreen to add enclosure to a desk orcredenza.
Windows on 18�H screens alignwith 27�H screens, 48� above floor.Windows on 27�H screens add-up to57� above floor.
Screen connectors align adjacentscreens (or screens with windows) inclusters of desks and credenzas.Corner connectors include verticaltrim to fill corner.
Specify two corner connectors for athree-way T-connection.
Specify three corner connectors fora four-way X-connection
Currents
145
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Desk and credenza accessoriesstanchions, file supports and data tray cover
description type w d h pattern no. black paint
Credenza stanchions outlets cover for stanchions to 39� AA1RSOC11( ) $60.outlets cover for stanchions to 48� AA1RSOC20( ) 60.stanchions to 39�H 4� 9� 11� AA1RS11( ) 525.stanchions to 48�H 4� 9� 20� AA1RS20( ) 596.
Data tray cover set, desk or credenza 36� AA1DT36( ) 73.42� AA1DT42( ) 78.48� AA1DT48( ) 83.60� AA1DT60( ) 88.72� AA1DT72( ) 94.84� AA1DT84( ) 102.
File supports 18� – – AC1 FS18 35.24� – – AC1 FS24 35.30� – – AC1 FS30 35.
Outlet fillers (Set of 10) AR OF 27.
Order Code
Example: AA1 DT36 117
AA1 AccessoryDT Data tray cover set36 Width117 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for data traycover set, desk, or credenza.
Application Notes
Credenza stanchions mount Reutershelf or overhead to credenza of thesame width. Specify credenza withstanchion cutouts, and storage.Stanchion cutouts allow credenzatop to be pulled forward for accessto cable storage in beam.
Top of Reuter overhead onstanchions to 48�H is at 63�. Top ofoverhead on stanchions to 39�H is at54�.
Outlets cover for stanchions hasopenings for two duplex poweroutlets and two PDC modules.Specify outlets filler for unusedopenings.
Metal data tray covers set into top ofservice beam to protect datanetwork cables.
Data tray cover sets fit straight deskbeam or one side of correspondingwidth corner desk.
Basic credenzas are compact,freestanding storage assembliescomponents with top and overheadstorage capability. Basic credenzasinclude two full width file drawers.
Currents
146
Worktablespersonal, tripod, wiper
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
Personal worktable Adjustable 36� 28� 24-30� AT1 P36A ( )( )( ) $1,193. $1,397. $1,598.Fixed height 36� 28� 28� AT1 P36F ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,218. 1,422.
Tripod worktable Adjustable 36� 36� 24-30� AT1 TA ( )( ) 1,462. 1,665. 1,867.Fixed height (low) 36� 36� 26� AT1 TL ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,218. 1,422.
Small wiper Adjustable 47� 30� 24-30� AT1 W24A ( )( )( ) 1,612. 1,815. 2,018.Fixed height 47� 30� 28� AT1 W24F ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,218. 1,422.
Order Code
Example: AT1 W24F 117 117 C
AT1 TableW Shape24 DepthF Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
F Fixed heightA Adjustable height
Specify top and base finish.
Specify:C CastersG Glides
Fixed height tables are 28�H exceptTripod, 26�H. Adjustable heightworktables adjust 24�-30�H inone-inch increments. Glides adjust13/4�. All casters are lockable.Worktable top edge is trim grey.
Application Notes
Worktables are independent, mobiletables designed for use with desks,credenzas and panel-mountedworksurfaces.
Personal worktable is roundedrectangle shape, sized to fit withinsmall workstations. Personalworktable has center column,four-star base for clear knee spacesupport.
Tripod is rounded triangle shapedesigned to roll under Currents 48�corner desks set at 28�H.
Small wiper and half wiper areconference extensions for 24�Dworksurfaces. Medium wipercorresponds to 30�D worksurfaces.
Wiper and half wiper tables havefour legs with integral wire-managerchannels.
Currents
147
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Worktablespersonal, tripod, wiper
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
Medium wiper Adjustable 54� 30� 24-30� AT1 W30A ( )( )( ) $1,670. $1,886. $2,101.Fixed height 54� 30� 28� AT1 W30F ( )( )( ) 1,074. 1,289. 1,504.
Half wiper end table
right
Left, adjustable 33� 36� 24-30� AT1 E24LA ( )( )( ) 1,612. 1,815. 2,018.Left, fixed height 33� 36� 28� AT1 E24LF ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,218. 1,422.Right, adjustable 33� 36� 24-30� AT1 E24RA ( )( )( ) 1,612. 1,815. 2,018.Right, fixed height 33� 36� 28� AT1 E24RF ( )( )( ) 1,015. 1,218. 1,422.
Order Code
Example: AT1 W24F 117 117 C
AT1 TableW Shape24 DepthF Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
F Fixed heightA Adjustable height
Specify top and base finish.
Specify:C CastersG Glides
Fixed height tables are 28�H exceptTripod, 26�H. Adjustable heightworktables adjust 24�-30�H inone-inch increments. Glides adjust13/4�. All casters are lockable.Worktable top edge is trim grey.
Application Notes
Worktables are independent, mobiletables designed for use with desks,credenzas and panel-mountedworksurfaces.
Personal worktable is roundedrectangle shape, sized to fit withinsmall workstations. Personalworktable has center column,four-star base for clear knee spacesupport.
Tripod is rounded triangle shapedesigned to roll under Currents 48�corner desks set at 28�H.
Small wiper and half wiper areconference extensions for 24�Dworksurfaces. Medium wipercorresponds to 30�D worksurfaces.
Wiper and half wiper tables havefour legs with integral wire-managerchannels.
Currents
148
Worktableshalf-round, large wiper, round
description type w d h pattern no. lam. V2 V3
Half round worktable Adjustable 50� 28� 24-30� AT1 D50A ( )( )( ) $1,374. $1,612. $1,850.Fixed height 50� 28� 28� AT1 D50F ( )( )( ) 1,193. 1,432. 1,670.
Large half round worktable Adjustable 62� 30� 24-30� AT1 D62A ( )( )( ) 1,790. 2,029. 2,268.Fixed height 62� 30� 28� AT1 D62F ( )( )( ) 1,193. 1,432. 1,670.
Large wiper end table Adjustable 72� 32� 24-30� AT1 W50A ( )( )( ) 1,790. 2,029. 2,268.Fixed height 72� 32� 28� AT1 W50F ( )( )( ) 1,193. 1,432. 1,670.
Round worktable Adjustable 42� 24-30� AT1 R42A ( )( )( ) 1,670. 1,886. 2,101.Adjustable 48� 24-30� AT1 R48A ( )( )( ) 1,732. 1,957. 2,185.Fixed height 42� 28� AT1 R42F ( )( )( ) 1,074. 1,289. 1,504.Fixed height 48� 28� AT1 R48F ( )( )( ) 1,134. 1,359. 1,587.
Order Code
Example: AT1 D50F 117 117 C
AT1 TableD Shape50 DepthF Base type117 Desktop finish117 Base finishC Casters
Specification Information
F Fixed heightA Adjustable height
Specify top and base finish.
Specify:C CastersG Glides
Fixed height tables are 28�H.Adjustable height worktables adjust24�-30�H in one-inch increments.Glides adjust 13/4�. Worktable topedge is trim grey.
Application Notes
Worktables are independent, mobiletables designed for use with desks,credenzas and panel-mountedworksurfaces.
Half round worktable aligns withback-to-back 24�D Currents desksor worksurfaces plus a Currentsscreen or Knoll systems panelbetween. Large half round tablealigns with back-to-back 30�Ddesks or worksurfaces. Large wiperis shared conference extension forback-to-back 24�D desks. All tableshave center edge offset to clearpanel end trim.
Large half-round, round, and wipertables have four legs with integralwire-manager channels. Half roundworktable has center column,three-star base for clear knee spacesupport.
Currents
149
Des
k,cr
eden
zas
and
wor
ktab
les
Power monument and components
description type w d h pattern no. black no finish paint
Power monument 28� 5� 36� AA1PM( ) $1,432.
Cable container (one side) 24� 2� 16� AA1PMCC( ) 238.
Power module, 2+2 2+2 AR1 EPM 126.3+3 AR1 TPM 145.
Outlet fillers (Set of 10) AR OF 27.
Hinged outlet flap (each) APC OCF 22.
Ceiling infeed top AA1PMCIA( ) 119.
Order Code
Example: AA1 PM 117
AA1 AccessoryPM Power monument117 Finish
Specification Information
Specify painted finish for powermonument, cable containers orceiling infeed top.
Application Notes
Power monument is floorstandingmonument providing power anddata/telecommunications outletsabove worksurface height (36�).
Power monument may be planned atthe center of a group of worktablesor C-leg desks in an active meetingarea.
Power monument cable containersattach to each face of powermonument for excess cablebundling below worksurface height(21�). Each face of power monumentaccepts one cable container.
Power monument provides fourpairs of outlet openings on each sidewhich may be duplex outlets, PDCmodules or black fillers.
Power modules support one pair ofduplex outlets each side. Specify upto four modules (eight duplexeseach side).
For 2+2 power specify duplexes,AR1 EPC1 power connectorsbetween modules and AR1 EPI5infeed for floor feed, or AR1 EPICfor ceiling infeed ( see page 46 ).For 3+3 power specify duplexes,AR1 TPC1 connectors, AR1 TPI5 orAR1 TPIC.
Hinged outlet flap covers two outletopenings; four flaps on each side ofpower monument cover all openings.
Ceiling infeed top replaces standardtop for use with Currents ceilinginfeed and infeed panel.
Currents
150
Upstart Tablesprimary worksurfacestable desks
type application w d h pattern no. list price
Y-shape table desk, curved end (left hand shown) left 72� 28-36� 25-30� AUP Y72DCL4 ( )( )( )( ) $787.right 72� 28-36� 25-30� AUP Y72DCR4 ( )( )( )( ) 787.
M-shape table desk, curved ends 72� 30-36� 25-30� AUP M72DC4 ( )( )( )( ) 787.
Y-shape table desk, flat ends left 72� 28-36� 25-30� AUP Y72DFL4 ( )( )( )( ) 787.right 72� 28-36� 25-30� AUP Y72DFR4 ( )( )( )( ) 787.
M-shape table desk, flat ends 72� 31-36� 25-30� AUP M72DF4 ( )( )( )( ) 787.
Order Code
Example: AUP Y72DCL4 117 117117 G
A CurrentsUP UpstartY Table shape72 WidthD DepthC Curved endL Left hand4 Leg quantity117 Top finish117 Edge finish117 Leg finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify top, edge and leg finishes.
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Upstart Y and M shape tablescombine computer support andadjacent work area in a basic tabledesk.
Curved end tops facilitateconferencing in open planning. Flatends plan close to system panels.Overall width is the same for curvedand flat end tops.
Upstart tops have plastic laminatesurface with continuous T-moldedge.
Upstart tables have four legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 25-30� for glides and27-31� for casters.
Adjustment range enables Upstarttables to overlap or slide underadjacent tables and worksurfaces.
Currents
151
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Upstart Tablesprimary worksurfacescorner table desks
type w d h pattern no. list price
Extended corner table desk, 90° extended left 72� 48� 25-30� AUP C7248S5 ( )( )( )( ) $900.
Extended corner table desk, 90° extended right 48� 72� 25-30� AUP C4872S5 ( )( )( )( ) 900.
Corner table desk, 120° 48�, 48� 22� 25-30� AUP V48S5 ( )( )( )( ) 843.
Order Code
Example: AUP C7248S5 117 117117 C
A CurrentsUP UpstartC Table shape72 Width, extended left48 WidthS Depth4 Leg quantity117 Top finish117 Edge finish117 Leg finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify top, edge and leg finishes.
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Upstart extended corner and cornershape tables combine computersupport and adjacent work area in abasic table desk.
Upstart tops have plastic laminatesurface with continuous T-moldedge.
Upstart tables have four or five legswith 5� adjustable leveler glides or4� adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 25-30� for glides and27-31� for casters.
Adjustment range enables Upstarttables to overlap or slide underadjacent worksurfaces.
Extended corner table desks and120° corner table desk are 22� deepon each side edge. Each back edgeof 120° corner desk corresponds to48� wide Currents linkable screensconnected at a 120° angle.
Currents
152
Upstart Tablessecondary worksurfaces
type w d h pattern no. list price
Rectangular table desk, four legs 48� 22� 25-30� AUP S48S4 ( )( )( )( ) $506.48� 28� 25-30� AUP S48D4 ( )( )( )( ) 563.60� 28� 25-30� AUP S60D4 ( )( )( )( ) 619.72� 28� 25-30� AUP S72D4 ( )( )( )( ) 647.72� 36� 25-30� AUP S72E4 ( )( )( )( ) 675.
Rectangular return, two legs 48� 22� 25-30� AUP S48S2 ( )( )( )G 394.
Order Code
Example: AUP S72E4 117 117 117C
A CurrentsUP UpstartS Table shape72 WidthE Depth4 Leg quantity117 Top finish117 Edge finish117 Leg finishC Casters
Specification Information
Specify top, edge and leg finishes.
Casters/glides
C CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Upstart tops have plastic laminatesurface with continuous T-moldedge.
Upstart tables have four or five legswith 5� adjustable leveler glides or4� adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 25-30� for glides and27-31� for casters.
Adjustment range enables Upstarttables to overlap or slide underadjacent worksurfaces.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurface at rightangle.
Currents
153
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Upstart Tablesconference worksurfaces
type w d h pattern no. list price
Wiper table desk 61� 321/2� 25-30� AUP W60D4 ( )( )( )( ) $619.
Oval table desk, four legs 66� 36� 25-30� AUP O664 ( )( )( )( ) 787.
Round table desk, four legs 42� 25-30� AUP R424 ( )( )( )( ) 586.
Half round table desk, four legs 62� 30� 25-30� AUP D624( )( )( )( ) 619.
Tripod table, three legs 36� 36� 25-30� AUP T363( )( )( )( ) 506.
Order Code
Example: AUP O664 117 117 117G
A CurrentsUP UpstartO Table shape66 Size4 Leg quantity117 Top finish117 Edge finish117 Leg finishG Glides
Specification Information
Specify top, edge and leg finishes.
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Application Notes
Upstart conference table desks aredesigned to support conferencework in combination with otherworktables or systems furniture.
Upstart tops have plastic laminatesurface with continuous T-moldedge.
Upstart tables have four legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 25-30� for glides and27-31� for casters.
Tops adjust in height to permitconference tops to overlap or rollunder adjacent tables.
Half round corresponds toback-to-back Y-shape tables or 30�deep straight tables.
Currents
154
Plannable Upstart TablesRectangular Table Desk
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D 30� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S30S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) $412. $617.36� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S36S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 434. 650.42� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S42S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 459. 687.48� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S48S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 482. 722.54� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S54S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 504. 756.60� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S60S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 528. 791.66� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S66S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 552. 828.72� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S72S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 576. 863.84� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S84S4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 622. 932.
30� D 30� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S30D4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 465. 697.36� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S36D4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 489. 733.42� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S42D4 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 513. 769.48� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S48D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 535. 802.54� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S54D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 564. 846.60� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S60D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 588. 882.66� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S66D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 601. 902.72� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S72D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 615. 921.84� 295/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S84D4 ( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 684. 1,026.
Order Code
Example: AUPM S72S4 AG 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableS Table Shape72 WidthS Depth4 Leg quantityA GrommetG Glides118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
24� deep rectangular table deskscan only be ordered with glides.30� deep rectangular table desks in30�, 36� and 42� width can only beordered with glides.
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
155
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart TablesRectangular Return
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D 36� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S36S2 ( )( )( )( )( ) $327. $490.42� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S42S2 ( )( )( )( )( ) 352. 527.48� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S48S2 ( )( )( )( )( ) 374. 562.60� 235/8� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM S60S2 ( )( )( )( )( ) 452. 679.
Order Code
Example: AUPM S36S2 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableS Table Shape36 WidthS Depth2 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
156
Plannable Upstart Tablescorner
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4242S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) $704. $1,056.48� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4848S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 761. 1,142.60� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6060S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 993. n/a
30� D both sides corner worksurfaces 42� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4242D5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 744. 1,116.48� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4848D5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 801. 1,202.60� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6060D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,033. n/a
Order Code
Example: AUPM C4242S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableC Table Shape4242 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
157
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart Tablesextended cornerextended left
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D both sides corner worksurface,extended left
60� 36� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6036S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) $623. $934.60� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6042S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 681. 1,021.60� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6048S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.72� 36� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7236S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.72� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7242S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 797. 1,195.72� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7248S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.84� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C8448S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 970. 1,455.
30� D both sides corner worksurface,extended left
60� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6048D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.72� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7248D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.84� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C8448D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
30� D left/24� D right corner worksurface,extended left
60� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6042L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.60� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6048L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.72� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7242L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.72� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7248L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.84� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C8448L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
Order Code
Example: AUPM C7236S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableC Table Shape7236 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
158
Plannable Upstart Tablesextended cornerextended left
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D left/30� D right corner worksurface,extended left
60� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6042R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) $739. $1,109.60� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C6048R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.72� 42� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7242R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.72� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C7248R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.84� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C8448R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
Order Code
Example: AUPM C7236S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableC Table Shape7236 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
159
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart Tablesextended cornerextended right
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
24� D both sides corner worksurface,extended right
36� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C3660S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) $623. $934.36� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C3672S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.42� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4260S5 ( )( )( )( )( ) 681. 1,021.42� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4272S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 797. 1,195.48� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4860S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.48� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4872S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.48� 84� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4884S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 970. 1,455.
30� D both sides corner worksurface,extended right
48� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4860D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.48� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4872D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.48� 84� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4884D5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
24� D left/30� D right corner worksurface,extended right
42� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4260R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 739. 1,109.42� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4272R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.48� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4860R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.48� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4872R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.48� 84� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4884R5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
Order Code
Example: AUPM C4872S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableC Table Shape4872 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
160
Plannable Upstart Tablesextended cornerextended right
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
30� D left/24� D right corner worksurface,extended right
42� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4260L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) $739. $1,109.42� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4272L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 855. 1,282.48� 60� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4860L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 798. 1,196.48� 72� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM C4872L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 913. 1,370.48� 84� 273/4�- 323/4� AUPM C4884L5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 1,029. 1,542.
Order Code
Example: AUPM C4872S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableC Table Shape4872 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
161
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart Tableshalf round and P-shapes
description w d h pattern no. lam. V2
Half round table desk, four legs 59� 30� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM D594 ( ) G ( )( )( ) $588. $882.60� 30� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM D604 ( ) G ( )( )( ) 588. 882.
P-shape surface, extended right 48� 75� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM P4875S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 983. 1,475.
P-shape surface, extended left 75� 48� 273/4� - 323/4� AUPM P7548S5 ( ) C ( )( )( ) 983. 1,475.
Order Code
Example: AUPM P4875S5 AC 118114 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableP Table Shape4875 WidthS Depth5 Leg quantityA GrommetC Casters118 Top finish114 Edge finish114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Grommet/No grommetA GrommetB No grommet
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Top finish, plastic laminatesSee Color Program Page
Veneer Goup 2See Color Program Page
Veneer Group 2 worksurfaces arequartered Techgrain.
Edge finishes, T-moldSee Color Program Page
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
For Veneer Group 2, only black ortrim grey edgebands can bespecified.
Translucent orange, Translucentblue and Frosty white edgebandsare not available on PlannableUpstart tables.
Application Notes
Plannable Upstart tops have flatfronts allowing 2 tables to meet atright angles.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Rectangular return with two legsincludes flat bracket for attachmentto primary worksurfaces at rightangle.
Currents
162
Plannable Upstart Tablesstraight leg only
description h pattern no. Paint
Straight leg with glide 265/8� - 315/8� AUPM SGV ( ) $78.
Straight leg with caster 265/8� - 305/8� AUPM SCV ( ) 78.
Order Code
Example: AUPM SC 114
A CurrentsUP UpstartM PlannableS Straight legC Casters114 Leg finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Casters/glidesC CastersG Glides
Leg finishes, paintSee Color Program Page
Plannable Upstart straight legmay not be used with OriginalUpstart tables due to stabilityissues.
Application Notes
Each straight Plannable Upstart legcomes with four (4) metal insertsand four (4) screws.
Straight Plannable Upstart legsmust be positioned in accordancewith BIFMA guidelines.
Plannable Upstart tables have fouror five straight legs with 5�adjustable leveler glides or 4�adjustable casters. Adjustmentrange is 273/4� - 313/4� for castersand 273/4� - 323/4� for glides.
Currents
163
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Accessories
type w d h pattern no. list price
Flat bracket 31/2� 14� AB1 F24 $28.
Cable tray 20� 2� 6� AR1 CB 96.
Carpet grips (set of 10) MM2-CG 16.
Non skid grips (set of 10) AA1-NSK 28.
Pencil drawer 12� 151/8� 3� AUP PDU 102.
Order Code
Example: AA1-NSK
A CurrentsA1 AccessoryNSK Non skid grips
Specification Information
Flat bracket and cable tray areblack, painted steel.
Pencil drawer is integral color, lightgrey.
Application Notes
Flat bracket attaches returnworksurface to primary worksurfaceat right angle.
Cable tray attaches beneathstiffener under table surface toaccommodate transformers or abundle of cable.
Carpet grips snap into underside ofUpstart leveling glides for tractionon carpeted floors.
Non-skid grips snap intoleveling glides for traction onhard-surface floors.
Pencil drawer attaches to theunderside of a worksurface at anylocation.
Currents
164
Upstart Privacy Screensfor Upstart tables
type application w d h pattern no. list price
Polycarbonate screen, back of table 36� 3/4� 24� AUP B3624RC ( ) $336.48� 3/4� 24� AUP B4824RC ( ) 382.60� 3/4� 24� AUP B6024RC ( ) 440.72� 3/4� 24� AUP B7224RC ( ) 480.
Marker surface screen, back of table 36� 3/4� 24� AUP B3624M ( ) 336.48� 3/4� 24� AUP B4824M ( ) 382.60� 3/4� 24� AUP B6024M ( ) 440.72� 3/4� 24� AUP B7224M ( ) 480.
Magnet rail 36� screen 18� 1/4� 2� AUP MR36 ( ) 39.48� screen 30� 1/4� 2� AUP MR48 ( ) 45.60� screen 36� 1/4� 2� AUP MR60 ( ) 49.72� screen 48� 1/4� 2� AUP MR72 ( ) 52.
Order Code
Example: AUP B7224 RC 117
A CurrentsUP UpstartB Back of worksurface72 Width24 HeightRC Polycarbonate117 Paint finish
Specification Information
Specify surface type and paintedfinish for screen frame, bracketsand magnet rail.
Surface type:RC Ribbed polycarbonateM Marker Surface
Application Notes
Upstart screens mount on the backof Upstart tables to provide partialenclosure above and belowworksurface height.
Screens have a translucent, ribbedpolycarbonate or marker surfacecore. Perimeter frame is paintedsteel with trim grey molded cornerblocks.
Screens include brackets that mountto matching holes under Upstarttables of the same width. Bracketholes are also provided for mountingtwo 36� wide screens on a 72� wideUpstart table.
Screen mounts in two positions,creating enclosure to a height of 39�or 48� when the table top is adjustedto 28�.
Screens may be shared betweendesks in back to backconfigurations.
Magnet rails span between screenmounting brackets to hang paperdocuments.
Magnet rails correspond in width toprivacy screens.
Please refer to Introduction page fortable and screen dimensions.
Currents
165
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart Privacy Screensback screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45
Back of worksurface screens to 42�H 30� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B3015-( ) $165. $186. $190. $209. $220. $234. $260.36� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B3615-( ) 198. 214. 220. 242. 254. 266. 287.42� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B4215-( ) 242. 254. 262. 288. 305. 313. 335.48� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B4815-( ) 272. 282. 291. 320. 337. 358. 382.54� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B5415-( ) 317. 327. 336. 371. 390. 406. 431.60� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B6015-( ) 349. 356. 368. 404. 425. 452. 478.66� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B6615-( ) 381. 384. n/a n/a 459. n/a n/a72� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B7215-( ) 410. 425. n/a n/a 505. n/a n/a78� 3/4� 15� MZ1-B7815-( ) 453. 467. n/a n/a 555. n/a n/a
Back of worksurface screens to overhead supportheight, 46�H
30� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B3019-( ) 210. 227. 234. 256. 270. 280. 306.36� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B3619-( ) 258. 271. 278. 307. 320. 328. 348.42� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B4219-( ) 305. 312. 319. 354. 371. 390. 412.48� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B4819-( ) 347. 355. 364. 401. 423. 463. 471.54� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B5419-( ) 394. 397. 411. 453. 475. 485. 515.60� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B6019-( ) 425. 438. 452. 498. 523. 529. 564.66� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B6619-( ) 469. 479. n/a n/a 571. n/a n/a72� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B7219-( ) 515. 524. n/a n/a 623. n/a n/a78� 3/4� 19� MZ1-B7819-( ) 562. 568. n/a n/a 677. n/a n/a
Back of worksurface screens, to Reuter overheadsupport height, 49�H
30� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B3022-( ) 256. 269. 277. 306. 319. 328. 349.36� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B3622-( ) 316. 327. 336. 370. 389. 396. 411.42� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B4222-( ) 364. 370. 382. 421. 440. 467. 489.48� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B4822-( ) 425. 426. 439. 486. 510. 519. 565.54� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B5422-( ) 468. 469. 486. 538. 565. 572. 603.60� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B6022-( ) 498. 522. 538. 593. 623. 629. 651.66� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B6622-( ) 557. 580. n/a n/a 687. n/a n/a72� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B7222-( ) 621. 622. n/a n/a 739. n/a n/a78� 3/4� 22� MZ1-B7822-( ) 667. 670. n/a n/a 796. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: MZ1-B6619-15-W210/2
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
B Back of worksurface66 Width19 Height15 Surface type and group
no.W210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3035- Fabric group 3540- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
* Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
Application Notes
Back of worksurface screensprovide visual barrier and tackablesurface from underside ofworksurface to a height of 42�, 46�or 49�.
Screen widths should correspond tostraight worksurface width, or sumof VDT corner and return widths.
Use back of worksurface screen forVDT applications where one side isbacked by a vertical panel.
VDT worksurfaces will accept backscreens on only one back edge.
Back screens may not be used at theend of a straight worksurface; useend screens in this application.
Privacy screens are not available ina combination of fabrics.
Back of worksurface screens are fulldimension: two smaller screens maybe substituted for a larger one. Forexample, if using fabric grades20-70, specify two 36� screens for a72� surface.
Between back-to-back straight orVDT worksurfaces specify asingle3/4� back screen. This allowsback-to-back 235/8�D or 295/8�Dworksurfaces to plan on a precise 6�module.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface andMorrison overhead.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and Reuter overhead.
All but shared end screens start atthe bottom of the worksurface.
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit, andstiffener clip.
For replacement screen stiffenerssee Accessories page.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
Currents
166
Plannable Upstart Privacy ScreensVDT screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45
Back of VDT screens To 42�H 355/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V3615-( ) $198. $214. $220. $234. $242. $260. $287.415/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V4215-( ) 242. 254. 262. 280. 287. 306. 335.475/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V4815-( ) 272. 282. 291. 313. 327. 348. 382.595/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V6015-( ) 345. 358. 370. 395. 411. 437. 474.715/8� 3/4� 15� MZ1-V7215-( ) 418. 432. n/a n/a 495. n/a n/a
To 46�H 355/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V3619-( ) 261. 270. 278. 296. 305. 318. 348.415/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V4219-( ) 305. 312. 319. 342. 356. 382. 412.475/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V4819-( ) 347. 356. 368. 391. 397. 426. 471.595/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V6019-( ) 434. 451. 466. 505. 526. 560. 607.715/8� 3/4� 19� MZ1-V7219-( ) 522. 544. n/a n/a 633. n/a n/a
To 49�H 355/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V3622-( ) 316. 327. 336. 359. 363. 382. 411.415/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V4222-( ) 364. 370. 382. 401. 424. 457. 489.475/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V4822-( ) 425. 428. 441. 469. 470. 471. 565.595/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V6022-( ) 504. 523. 540. 587. 612. 649. 704.715/8� 3/4� 22� MZ1-V7222-( ) 603. 629. n/a n/a 736. n/a n/a
Order Code
Example: MZ1-V4822-15-W210/2
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
V VDT48 Width22 Height15 Surface type and group
no.W210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3035- Fabric group 3540- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
VDT worksurfaces will not acceptback screens on both back edges.Use VDT screens on at least oneback edge.
VDT screens are not in pairs;specify one for each back edge orone VDT screen and one backscreen.
Application Notes
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit andstiffener clip.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface anddesk mounted Morrison Networkoverheads.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and desk mountedReuter overheads.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
* Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
Currents
167
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Plannable Upstart Privacy Screensend screens
description type w d h pattern no. 10 15 20 30 35 40 45
End screens for outside application To 42�H 24� 3/4� 15� MZ1-E2415-W/U-( ) $157. $180. $185. $193. $205. $223. $254.30� 3/4� 15� MZ1-E3015-W/U-( ) 174. 191. 198. 212. 223. 237. 270.
To 46�H 24� 3/4� 19� MZ1-E2419-W/U-( ) 189. 206. 210. 229. 236. 254. 283.30� 3/4� 19� MZ1-E3019-W/U-( ) 218. 236. 242. 260. 269. 283. 316.
To 49�H 24� 3/4� 22� MZ1-E2422-W/U-( ) 223. 235. 240. 258. 269. 285. 315.30� 3/4� 22� MZ1-E3022-W/U-( ) 266. 280. 286. 307. 314. 333. 363.
End screens for shared application To 42�H 24� 3/4� 13� MZ1-S2415-W/U-( ) 151. 171. 178. 187. 197. 214. 243.30� 3/4� 13� MZ1-S3015-W/U-( ) 165. 186. 190. 204. 214. 228. 260.
To 46�H 24� 3/4� 17� MZ1-S2419-W/U-( ) 182. 198. 204. 217. 228. 243. 275.30� 3/4� 17� MZ1-S3019-W/U-( ) 210. 227. 234. 250. 258. 275. 306.
To 49�H 24� 3/4� 20� MZ1-S2422-W/U-( ) 212. 226. 231. 248. 258. 276. 305.30� 3/4� 20� MZ1-S3022-W/U-( ) 256. 269. 277. 296. 305. 318. 349.
Order Code
Example: MZ1-S3019W15-W210/2
MZ1 Morrison Networkprivacy screen
S Shared30 Width19 HeightW For 13/4� worksurface15 Surface type and group
no.W210/2 Upholstery
Specification Information
Surface type:10- Fabric group 1015- Fabric group 1520- Fabric group 2030- Fabric group 3035- Fabric group 3540- Fabric group 4045- Fabric group 45
End screens specify:W- For use with 13/4� thick
worksurfacesU- For use with 11/4� thick
worksurfaces
* Morrison Network screens may beused with Plannable Upstart tables.Refer to front of Upstart price bookfor planning information.
End screens must be used at theend of straight or rounded endworksurfaces.
End screens for outside applicationcover the end of the worksurfaceand align with adjacent backscreens.
End screens for shared applicationbegin above the worksurface toallow modular planning whenstraight worksurfaces areend-to-end.
When specifying end screens under64�H panel mounted MorrisonNetwork overheads with task lights,only screens to 42�H will fit.
With 64�H panel-mounted Reuteroverheads any screen up to 49�Hmay be planned perpendicular tostorage.
Application Notes
Privacy screens are supported bybrackets fastened at worksurfaceinserts. Privacy screens includemounting brackets, insert kit andstiffener clip.
15� high screens are used for a 42�horizon.
19�H screens are used to fill inspace between worksurface anddesk mounted Morrison Networkoverheads.
22�H screens fill the space betweenworksurface and desk mountedReuter overheads.
All but shared end screens start atthe bottom of the worksurface.
Privacy screens may be specified toachieve ASTM E-84 Class ‘‘A’’flamespread rating.
Currents
168
Upstart Storagecart
type application w d h pattern no. list price
File cart locking 161/4� 221/2� 23� AUP C L ( ) $450.non locking 161/4� 221/2� 23� AUP C ( ) 416.
File cart with personal drawer locking 161/4� 221/2� 23� AUP C DL ( ) 495.non locking 161/4� 221/2� 23� AUP C D ( ) 461.
Vertical divider AUP VP3 74.
Order Code
Example: AUP CDL U
A CurrentsUP UpstartC CartD DrawerL LockU Light grey
Specification Information
Cart includes integral color file tuband top frame, with translucentpolycarbonate receding top. Legsare natural anodized aluminum withnon-locking casters. Personaldrawer is integral color light greywith a concealed slide lock insidethe tub.
Divider is light grey, perforatedpainted steel.
Integral color finish for file tub andtop frame:U Light greyG1 Glider grey
Application Notes
Upstart cart combines filing andpersonal storage in an accessible,mobile unit designed to roll underUpstart tables. The cart is notintended to be a mobile seat.
Cart includes letter width/legaldepth file tub with translucent,receding top.
File carts with drawer include 3�high personal storage drawer underfiles.
File cart may be specified with lock.
Currents
169
Ups
tart
tabl
ede
sks
and
stor
age
Upstart Storagetower
type application description w d h pattern no. P1/P2 P3 P1/P2-V2 P3/V2 P1/P2-V3 P3/V3
Tower, left opening door active door, 1 file tub,4 CD tubs
casters 24� 25� 48� AUP T48E LCT ( )( ) $1,678. $1,910. $1,852. $1,968. $2,026. $2,141.glides 24� 25� 48� AUP T48E LGT ( )( ) 1,793. 2,026. 1,968. 2,083. 2,141. 2,257.
active door, 3 file tubs,1 CD tub
casters 24� 25� 48� AUP T48A LCT ( )( ) 1,678. 1,910. 1,852. 1,968. 2,026. 2,141.glides 24� 25� 48� AUP T48A LGT ( )( ) 1,793. 2,026. 1,968. 2,083. 2,141. 2,257.
Tower, right opening door active door, 1 file tub,4 CD tubs
casters 24� 25� 48� AUP T48E RCT ( )( ) 1,678. 1,910. 1,852. 1,968. 2,026. 2,141.glides 24� 25� 48� AUP T48E RGT ( )( ) 1,793. 2,026. 1,968. 2,083. 2,141. 2,257.
active door, 3 file tubs,1 CD tub
casters 24� 25� 48� AUP T48A RCT ( )( ) 1,678. 1,910. 1,852. 1,968. 2,026. 2,141.glides 24� 25� 48� AUP T48A RGT ( )( ) 1,793. 2,026. 1,968. 2,083. 2,141. 2,257.
Shelf Insert 201/2� 141/2� 3/4� AUPTS 98.
Order Code
Example: AUP T48A LCT 117 117
A CurrentsUP UpstartT Tower48 HeightA Door configurationL LeftC CastersT Side panels117 Top and base finish117 door finish
Specification Information
Specify:
Door configuration:A Active door, 3 files, 1 CDE Active door, 1 file, 4 CD
Specify:L Left hingeR Right hinge
C CastersG Glides
Specify top and base finish and doorfinish.
Bright White ( 118 ) and Silver( 613 ) are P3 paint finishes.
Application Notes
Upstart tower provides shelf, file,CD and personal storage in acompact, luminous enclosure.
Towers include painted finish topand bottom, two shelves, moldedtranslucent side and back panels,clear satin anodized aluminumposts, and hinged door with lock.Doors may be specified with paintedor veneer finish.
Side panels support adjustableshelves on a 3� grid.
Active door includes tilting bins for5� deep, letter or legal files and CDsor personal items.
Upstart towers are designed forrapid assembly on site.
Currents
170
pattern no. page
A1 R1 SI 103, 104
A1 RTOPL 103, 104
A1 RTOPR 103, 104
A2 R48 LL 103
A2 R48 LP 103
A2 R48 LV 103
A2 R48 RL 103
A2 R48 RP 103
A2 R48 RV 103
A2 R64 LP 103
A2 R64 RP 103
A2L 48 LL 104
A2L 48 LP 104
A2L 48 LV 104
A2L 48 RL 104
A2L 48 RP 104
A2L 48 RV 104
A2L 64 LP 104
A2L 64 RP 104
AA139E 57
AA148E 57
AA164E 57
AA1B 60
AA1BP6 137
AA1C36T 112
AA1CET39 37
AA1CET48 37
AA1CET64 37
AA1CG 33
AA1DD 138, 140
AA1DT36 146
AA1DT42 146
AA1DT48 146
AA1DT60 146
AA1DT72 146
AA1DT84 146
AA1DW 138, 140
AA1ECUP64 109
AA1ECUP65 109
AA1EDWS 109
AA1EPS40 39
AA1EPS48 39
AA1EPS53 39
AA1EPS60 39
AA1EPS65 39
AA1FCET39 44
AA1FCET48 44
AA1FCET64 44
AA1FMET30 44
AA1FMET39 44
AA1FMET42 44
AA1FMET48 44
AA1FMET56 44
AA1FMET64 44
AA1FMPS30 43
AA1FMPS39 43
AA1FMPS42 43
AA1FMPS48 43
AA1FMPS56 43
AA1FMPS64 43
AA1FUPS39 43
pattern no. page
AA1LO24DN 109
AA1LO30DN 109
AA1LO36DN 109
AA1LO42DN 109
AA1LO48DN 109
AA1MET30 37
AA1MET39 37
AA1MET42 37
AA1MET48 37
AA1MET56 37
AA1MET64 37
AA1MET74 37
AA1MET80 37
AA1MPS30 37
AA1MPS39 37
AA1MPS42 37
AA1MPS48 37
AA1MPS56 37
AA1MPS64 37
AA1MPS74 37
AA1MPS80 37
AA1MRS 37
AA1NSK 33, 57
AA1-NSK 164
AA1OR 27
AA1ORD 27
AA1PM 150
AA1PMCC 150
AA1PMCIA 150
AA1PS24 111
AA1RE 57
AA1RODN 109
AA1ROUP 109
AA1ROXUP 109
AA1RPS34 40
AA1RPS42 40
AA1RPS49 40
AA1RPS64 40
AA1RPS79 40
AA1RS11 146
AA1RS20 146
AA1RSDN 109
AA1RSOC11 146
AA1RSOC20 146
AA1RSUP 109
AA1RSXDN 109
AA1RSXDN 109
AA1RSXUP 109
AA1RTC 40
AA1RW36 136
AA1RW3C 137
AA1RW42 136
AA1RW48 136
AA1RW4C 137
AA1RW60 136
AA1RW72 136
AA1RW84 136
AA1RWC 137
AA1RWC35 136
AA1RWC36 136
AA1RWC4242 136
pattern no. page
AA1RWC44 136
AA1RWC45 136
AA1RWC46 136
AA1RWC47 136
AA1RWC53 136
AA1RWC54 136
AA1RWC55 136
AA1RWC63 136
AA1RWC64 136
AA1RWC74 136
AA1RWL36 136
AA1RWL42 136
AA1RWL48 136
AA1RWL60 136
AA1RWL72 136
AA1RWL84 136
AA1RWR36 136
AA1RWR42 136
AA1RWR48 136
AA1RWR60 136
AA1RWR72 136
AA1RWR84 136
AA1T06 57
AA1T18 57
AA1T24 57
AA1T30 57
AA1T36 57
AA1T42 57
AA1T48 57
AA1T60 57
AA1UA39 42
AA1UA48 42
AA1UA64 42
AA1UPS39 42
AA1UPS48 42
AA1UPS64 42
AA1WS24 142
AA1WS30 142
AA1WS36 142
AA1WS48 142
AA1WSD 142
AA2 MTC 37, 43
AA2 UTC 42, 43
AA2T5E19 142
AA2T5E25 142
AA2T5E37 142
AA3EPS41 39
AA3EPS49 39
AA3EPS61 39
AA3EPS64 39
AB1 AC24 96
AB1 CL24L 97
AB1 CL24R 97
AB1 CL30L 97
AB1 CL30R 97
AB1 CLF24L 97
AB1 CLF24R 97
AB1 CLF30L 97
AB1 CLF30R 97
AB1 CS 111
AB1 F24 164
pattern no. page
AB1 FAE 96
AB1 FE 96
AB1 I25(G/C) 97
AB1 I27A(G/C) 97
AB1 I27F(G/C) 97
AB1 VL 97
AB1-ABC24 96
AB2 AE 96
AB2 FE27 96
AB2 FE28 96
AC 24 C 2 C 129, 130
AC 24 C 2 C N 131
AC 24 C 2 G 129, 130
AC 24 C 2 G N 131
AC 30 C 2 C 129, 130
AC 30 C 2 C N 131
AC 30 C 2 G 129, 130
AC 30 C 2 G N 131
AC 3A 11 134, 135
AC 3A 22 134, 135
AC 3A 23 134, 135
AC 3A 32 134, 135
AC 3B 11 132, 133
AC 3B 22 132, 133
AC 3B 23 132, 133
AC 3B 32 132, 133
AC 4A 11 134, 135
AC 4A 22 134, 135
AC 4A 23 134, 135
AC 4A 32 134, 135
AC 4B 11 132, 133
AC 4B 22 132, 133
AC 4B 23 132, 133
AC 4B 32 132, 133
AC1 39E1 58
AC1 39L2 58
AC1 39T3 58
AC1 39V2 59
AC1 39X4 58
AC1 39Y3 59
AC1 48E1 58
AC1 48L2 58
AC1 48T3 58
AC1 48V2 59
AC1 48X4 58
AC1 48Y3 59
AC1 64E1 58
AC1 64L2 58
AC1 64T3 58
AC1 64V2 59
AC1 64X4 58
AC1 64Y3 59
AC1 FS18 146
AC1 FS24 146
AC1 FS30 146
ACE1BD6648D(L/R) 91
ACE1BD6648S(L/R) 91
ACE1BD7248D(L/R) 91
ACE1BD7248S(L/R) 91
ACE1BD7848D(L/R) 91
ACE1BD7848S(L/R) 91
Alpha-Numeric Index Currents
171
pattern no. page
ACE1BD8448D(L/R) 91
ACE1BD8448S(L/R) 91
ACE1H4818 94
ACE1H4818P 94
ACE1H6024 94
ACE1H6024P 94
ACE1L3636SSN 90
ACE1L4242DSN 90
ACE1L4242SDN 90
ACE1L4242SSN 90
ACE1L4260SSN 92
ACE1L4266SSN 92
ACE1L4272SSN 92
ACE1L4278SSN 92
ACE1L4848DDN 90
ACE1L4848DSN 90
ACE1L4848SDN 90
ACE1L4848SSN 90
ACE1L4860DSN 92
ACE1L4860SDN 92
ACE1L4860SSN 92
ACE1L4866DSN 92
ACE1L4866SDN 92
ACE1L4866SSN 92
ACE1L4872DSN 92
ACE1L4872SDN 92
ACE1L4872SSN 92
ACE1L4878SSN 92
ACE1L4884SSN 92
ACE1L6042SSN 92
ACE1L6048DSN 92
ACE1L6048SDN 92
ACE1L6048SSN 92
ACE1L6642SSN 92
ACE1L6648DSN 92
ACE1L6648SDN 92
ACE1L6648SSN 92
ACE1L7242SSN 92
ACE1L7248DSN 92
ACE1L7248SDN 92
ACE1L7248SSN 92
ACE1L7842SSN 93
ACE1L7848SSN 93
ACE1L8448SSN 93
ACE1R1212G 94
ACE1R2424N 89
ACE1R2430N 89
ACE1R3024N 89
ACE1R3030N 89
ACE1R3624N 89
ACE1R3630N 89
ACE1R4224N 89
ACE1R4230N 89
ACE1R4824N 89
ACE1R4830N 89
ACE1R5424N 89
ACE1R5430N 89
ACE1R6024N 89
ACE1R6030N 89
ACE1R6624N 89
ACE1R6630N 89
ACE1R7224N 89
ACE1R7230N 89
ACE1R7824N 89
ACE1R7830N 89
pattern no. page
ACE1R8424N 89
ACE1R8430N 89
ACE1R9024N 89
ACE1R9030N 89
ACE1R9624N 89
ACE1R9630N 89
ACE1W362430N 95
ACE1W363024N 95
ACE1W422430N 95
ACE1W423024N 95
ACE1W482430N 95
ACE1W483024N 95
ACE1W722430N 95
ACE1W723024N 95
AD C35 SA 126
AD C35 SB 122
AD C35 SF 114
AD C35 SH 118
AD C36 SA 126
AD C36 SB 122
AD C36 SF 114
AD C36 SH 118
AD C4242 DB 123
AD C4242 DF 115
AD C4242 LA 127
AD C4242 LB 123
AD C4242 LF 115
AD C4242 LH 119
AD C4242 RA 127
AD C4242 RB 123
AD C4242 RF 115
AD C4242 RH 119
AD C4242 SA 127
AD C4242 SB 123
AD C4242 SF 115
AD C4242 SH 119
AD C44 DA 127
AD C44 DB 123
AD C44 DF 115
AD C44 DH 119
AD C44 LA 127
AD C44 LB 123
AD C44 LF 115
AD C44 LH 119
AD C44 RA 127
AD C44 RB 123
AD C44 RF 115
AD C44 RH 119
AD C44 SA 127
AD C44 SB 123
AD C44 SF 115
AD C44 SH 119
AD C45 DA 126
AD C45 DB 122
AD C45 DF 114
AD C45 DH 118
AD C45 RA 126
AD C45 RB 122
AD C45 RF 114
AD C45 RH 118
AD C45 SA 126
AD C45 SB 122
AD C45 SF 114
AD C45 SH 118
AD C46 DA 126
pattern no. page
AD C46 DB 122
AD C46 DF 114
AD C46 DH 118
AD C46 RA 126
AD C46 RB 122
AD C46 RF 114
AD C46 RH 118
AD C46 SA 126
AD C46 SB 122
AD C46 SF 114
AD C46 SH 118
AD C47 DA 126
AD C47 DB 122
AD C47 DF 114
AD C47 DH 118
AD C47 RA 126
AD C47 RB 122
AD C47 RF 114
AD C47 RH 118
AD C47 SA 126
AD C47 SB 122
AD C47 SF 114
AD C47 SH 118
AD C53 SA 125
AD C53 SB 121
AD C53 SF 113
AD C53 SH 117
AD C54 DA 125
AD C54 DB 121
AD C54 DF 113
AD C54 DH 117
AD C54 LA 125
AD C54 LB 121
AD C54 LF 113
AD C54 LH 117
AD C54 SA 125
AD C54 SB 121
AD C54 SF 113
AD C54 SH 117
AD C55 DA 127
AD C55 DB 123
AD C55 DF 115
AD C55 DH 119
AD C55 LA 127
AD C55 LB 123
AD C55 LF 115
AD C55 LH 119
AD C55 RA 127
AD C55 RB 123
AD C55 RF 115
AD C55 RH 119
AD C55 SA 127
AD C55 SB 123
AD C55 SF 115
AD C55 SH 119
AD C63 SA 125
AD C63 SB 121
AD C63 SF 113
AD C63 SH 117
AD C64 DA 125
AD C64 DB 121
AD C64 DF 113
AD C64 DH 117
AD C64 LA 125
AD C64 LB 121
pattern no. page
AD C64 LF 113
AD C64 LH 117
AD C64 SA 125
AD C64 SB 121
AD C64 SF 113
AD C64 SH 117
AD C74 DA 125
AD C74 DB 121
AD C74 DF 113
AD C74 DH 117
AD C74 LA 125
AD C74 LB 121
AD C74 LF 113
AD C74 LH 117
AD C74 SA 125
AD C74 SB 121
AD C74 SF 113
AD C74 SH 117
AD S36 DA 128
AD S36 DB 124
AD S36 DF 116
AD S36 DH 120
AD S36 SA 128
AD S36 SB 124
AD S36 SF 116
AD S36 SH 120
AD S42 DA 128
AD S42 DB 124
AD S42 DF 116
AD S42 DH 120
AD S42 SA 128
AD S42 SB 124
AD S42 SF 116
AD S42 SH 120
AD S48 DA 128
AD S48 DB 124
AD S48 DF 116
AD S48 DH 120
AD S48 SA 128
AD S48 SB 124
AD S48 SF 116
AD S48 SH 120
AD S60 DA 128
AD S60 DB 124
AD S60 DF 116
AD S60 DH 120
AD S60 SA 128
AD S60 SB 124
AD S60 SF 116
AD S60 SH 120
AD S72 DA 128
AD S72 DB 124
AD S72 DF 116
AD S72 DH 120
AD S72 SA 128
AD S72 SB 124
AD S72 SF 116
AD S72 SH 120
AD S84 SA 128
AD S84 SB 124
AD S84 SF 116
AD S84 SH 120
AF 3924 TCP 60
AF 3936 TCP 60
AF 3948 TCP 60
Currents
172
pattern no. page
AF 3960 TCP 60
AF 3972 TCP 60
AF 4824 TCP 60
AF 4836 TCP 60
AF 4848 AM 61
AF 4848 TCM 61
AF 4848 TCP 60
AF 4860 AM 61
AF 4860 TCM 61
AF 4860 TCP 60
AF 4872 TCM 61
AF 4872 TCP 60
AF 6424 TCP 60
AF 6436 TCP 60
AF 6448 AM 61
AF 6448 TCM 61
AF 6448 TCP 60
AF 6460 AM 61
AF 6460 TCM 61
AF 6460 TCP 60
AFWB 60
AL1 A3918 112
AL1 A3924 112
AL1 A4818 112
AL1 A4824 112
AL1 A6418 112
AL1 A6424 112
AL1 AA 112
AL1 C39 112
AL1 C48 112
AL1 C64 112
AMB CP12-AMP 52
AMB CP24 LUC 52
AMC B10 52
AMC FP2 (L or N) 52
AMC FP3 (L or N) 52
AMC O3 52
AMC O5E 52
AMC O6 52
AMC OF500 52
AMC OF625 52
AMC PDC 5E4N 52
AMC5 CP12 52
AMC5 OC20(A or B) 52
AMC5 OC30(A or B) 52
AMC5 OC40(A or B) 52
AMC5 OC50(A or B) 52
AP1 3918 N 54
AP1 3924 53
AP1 3924 N 54
AP1 3930 N 54
AP1 3936 53
AP1 3936 N 54
AP1 3942 N 54
AP1 3948 53
AP1 3948 N 54
AP1 3960 53
AP1 3960 N 54
AP1 4818 53
AP1 4818 N 54
AP1 4824 53
AP1 4824 N 54
AP1 4824M 55, 56
AP1 4830 53
AP1 4830 N 54
pattern no. page
AP1 4830M 55, 56
AP1 4836 53
AP1 4836 N 54
AP1 4836M 55, 56
AP1 4842 53
AP1 4842 N 54
AP1 4842M 55, 56
AP1 4848 53
AP1 4848 N 54
AP1 4848M 55, 56
AP1 4860 53
AP1 4860 N 54
AP1 6418 53
AP1 6418 A 54
AP1 6424 53
AP1 6424 A 54
AP1 6424M 55, 56
AP1 6430 53
AP1 6430 A 54
AP1 6430M 55, 56
AP1 6436 53
AP1 6436 A 54
AP1 6436M 55, 56
AP1 6442 53
AP1 6442 A 54
AP1 6442M 55, 56
AP1 6448 53
AP1 6448 A 54
AP1 6448M 55, 56
AP1 6460 53
AP1 6460 A 54
AP1 LF 57
APA 39 32
APA 48 32
APA 64 32
APC 0912 A 24
APC 0912 C 20
APC 0912 CX 20
APC 0912 F 23
APC 0912 P 21
APC 0912 PT 21
APC 0912 S 20
APC 0924 A 24
APC 0924 C 20
APC 0924 F 23
APC 0924 M 21
APC 0924 P 21
APC 0924 PT 21
APC 0924 S 20
APC 0936 A 24
APC 0936 C 20
APC 0936 F 23
APC 0936 M 21
APC 0936 P 21
APC 0936 PT 21
APC 0936 S 20
APC 0948 A 24
APC 0948 C 20
APC 0948 F 23
APC 0948 M 21
APC 0948 P 21
APC 0948 PT 21
APC 0948 S 20
APC 0960 A 24
APC 0960 C 20
pattern no. page
APC 0960 F 23
APC 0960 M 21
APC 0960 P 21
APC 0960 PT 21
APC 0960 S 20
APC 0972 A 24
APC 0972 C 20
APC 0972 F 23
APC 0972 M 21
APC 0972 P 21
APC 0972 PT 22
APC 0972 S 20
APC 1636 A 24
APC 1636 F 23
APC 1648 A 24
APC 1648 F 23
APC 1648 M 21
APC 1648 P 22
APC 1648 PT 22
APC 1660 A 24
APC 1660 F 23
APC 1660 M 21
APC 1660 P 22
APC 1660 PT 22
APC 1672 A 24
APC 1672 F 23
APC 1672 M 21
APC 1672 P 22
APC 1672 PT 22
APC 1836 A 24
APC 1848 A 24
APC 1860 A 24
APC 1872 A 24
APC 2736 A 25
APC 2748 A 25
APC 2760 A 25
APC 2772 A 25
APC AZ48 17
APC AZ48 F 18
APC AZ60 17
APC AZ60 F 18
APC AZ72 17
APC AZ72 F 18
APC HOC 19
APC OC 19
APC OCF 19, 150
APF 1848 15
APF 1860 15
APF 1872 15
APF1 3948 14
APF1 3960 14
APF1 3972 14
APF1 4848 14
APF1 4860 14
APF1 4872 14
APF1 6448 14
APF1 6460 14
APF1 6472 14
APFA1 3948 14
APFA1 3960 14
APFA1 3972 14
APFA1 4848 14
APFA1 4860 14
APFA1 4872 14
APFA1 6448 14
pattern no. page
APFA1 6460 14
APFA1 6472 14
APR 48 16
APR 480 16
APR 60 16
APR 600 16
APR 72 16
APR 720 16
APT 28, 39
APT 48 16
APT 60 16
APT 72 16
APT C24 16
APT C36 16
APT C48 16
APT C60 16
APT C72 16
APT1 C24 16
APT1 C36 16
APT1 C48 16
APT1 C60 16
APT1 C72 16
APTA 48 16
APTA 60 16
APTA 72 16
APTA CC 28
APTA CC1 28
APX CIP4 51
APX CIP6 51
APX CIP8 51
AR OF 19, 52, 146, 150
AR1 CB 139, 141, 164
AR1 DA 45, 48, 139, 141
AR1 DB 45, 48, 139, 141
AR1 DC 48, 141
AR1 DEHI 139
AR1 DEM2 138
AR1 DEM4 138
AR1 DEPI 139
AR1 DTHI 141
AR1 DTM2 140
AR1 DTM4 140
AR1 DTPI 141
AR1 DX 45, 48, 139, 141
AR1 DY 45, 48, 139, 141
AR1 DZ 48, 141
AR1 E2 47
AR1 E3 47
AR1 EJ1 46, 138
AR1 EJ10 46, 138
AR1 EJ12 46
AR1 EJ2 46, 138
AR1 EJ3 46, 138
AR1 EJ4 46, 138
AR1 EJ5 46, 138
AR1 EJ6 46, 138
AR1 EJ7 138
AR1 EJ8 46, 138
AR1 EOM 45
AR1 EPC1 47
AR1 EPC2 47
AR1 EPH1 46
AR1 EPH2 46
AR1 EPHF 33
AR1 EPI2 46
Currents
173
pattern no. page
AR1 EPI5 46
AR1 EPIC 46
AR1 EPM 150
AR1 ET1 46
AR1 ET3 46
AR1 ET5 46
AR1 ET8 46
AR1 HCC H10 51
AR1 HOB 19
AR1 HOB2 19
AR1 OHS 139, 141
AR1 PCC 100 51
AR1 RCM 10 51
AR1 T2 49
AR1 T3 49
AR1 TJ1 49, 140
AR1 TJ10 49, 140
AR1 TJ12 49
AR1 TJ2 49, 140
AR1 TJ3 49, 140
AR1 TJ4 49, 140
AR1 TJ5 49, 140
AR1 TJ6 49, 140
AR1 TJ7 140
AR1 TJ8 49, 140
AR1 TOM 48
AR1 TPC1 49
AR1 TPC2 49
AR1 TPH1 49
AR1 TPH2 49
AR1 TPHF 33
AR1 TPI2 49
AR1 TPI5 49
AR1 TPIC 49
AR1 TPM 150
AR1 TT1 49
AR1 TT3 49
AR1 TT5 49
AR1 TT8 49
AR1 VCM 33
AR1-ELS-B 45, 48
ARE1 DA 50
ARE1 DB 50
ARE1 DC 50
ARE1 DX 50
ARE1 DX (O or T) 50
ARE1 DY 50
ARE1 DY (O or T) 50
ARE1 DZ 50
ARE1 DZ (O or T) 50
ARE1 EP1 50
ARE1 ET1 50
ARE1 ET3 50
ARE1 ET5 50
ARE1 TP1 50
ARE1 TT1 50
ARE1 TT3 50
ARE1 TT5 50
AS1 BKH 100
AS1 BKL 100
AS1 DDF M 98
AS1 DDFO 98
AS1 DFF G 99
AS1 DFF M 98
AS1 DPAD 101, 102
pattern no. page
AS1 DPDF M 98
AS1 DPDFG 99
AS1 PT 100
AS1 SDF M 98
AS1 SDFO 98
AS1 SFF M 98
AS1 SPAD 101, 102
AS1 SPDF M 98
AS1 SPDFG 99
AS1-SFF G 99
AT1 D50A 149
AT1 D50F 149
AT1 D62A 149
AT1 D62F 149
AT1 E24LA 148
AT1 E24LF 148
AT1 E24RA 148
AT1 E24RF 148
AT1 P36A 147
AT1 P36F 147
AT1 R42A 149
AT1 R42F 149
AT1 R48A 149
AT1 R48F 149
AT1 TA 147
AT1 TL 147
AT1 W24A 147
AT1 W24F 147
AT1 W30A 148
AT1 W30F 148
AT1 W50A 149
AT1 W50F 149
AU 1212 T 4 63
AU 1224 A 64
AU 1224 H 62
AU 1224 TC 62
AU 1236 A 64
AU 1236 H 62
AU 1236 TC 62
AU 1248 A 64
AU 1248 H 62
AU 1248 TC 62
AU 1260 A 64
AU 1260 H 62
AU 1260 TC 62
AU 1272 H 62
AU 1272 TC 62
AU 2124 A 64
AU 2124 H 62
AU 2124 TC 62
AU 2136 A 64
AU 2136 H 62
AU 2136 TC 62
AU 2148 A 64
AU 2148 H 62
AU 2148 TC 62
AU 2160 A 64
AU 2160 H 62
AU 2160 TC 62
AU 2172 H 62
AU 2172 TC 62
AU 2824 A 64
AU 2824 TC 62
AU 2836 A 64
AU 2836 TC 62
pattern no. page
AU 2848 A 64
AU 2848 TC 62
AU 2860 A 64
AU 2860 TC 62
AU 2872 TC 62
AU1 CL12 67
AU1 CL21 67
AU1 CL28 67
AU1 CS 67
AU1 CT12 67
AU1 CT21 67
AU1 CT28 67
AU1 PC12 72
AU1 PC21 72
AU1 PC28 72
AU1 X112 67
AU1 X121 67
AU1 X128 67
AU1 X312 67
AU1 X321 67
AU1 X328 67
AUA1 1224 G 65
AUA1 1236 G 65
AUA1 1248 G 65
AUA1 1260 G 65
AUA1 1272 G 65
AUA1224 66
AUA1236 66
AUA1248 66
AUA1260 66
AUA1272 66
AUA2124 66
AUA2136 66
AUA2148 66
AUA2160 66
AUA2172 66
AUA2824 66
AUA2836 66
AUA2848 66
AUA2860 66
AUA2872 66
AUP B3624M 165
AUP B3624RC 165
AUP B4824M 165
AUP B4824RC 165
AUP B6024M 165
AUP B6024RC 165
AUP B7224M 165
AUP B7224RC 165
AUP C 169
AUP C D 169
AUP C DL 169
AUP C L 169
AUP C4872S5 152
AUP C7248S5 152
AUP D624 154
AUP M72DC4 151
AUP M72DF4 151
AUP MR36 165
AUP MR48 165
AUP MR60 165
AUP MR72 165
AUP O664 154
AUP PDU 164
AUP R424 154
pattern no. page
AUP S48D4 153
AUP S48S2 153
AUP S48S4 153
AUP S60D4 153
AUP S72D4 153
AUP S72E4 153
AUP T363 154
AUP T48A LCT 170
AUP T48A LGT 170
AUP T48A RCT 170
AUP T48A RGT 170
AUP T48E LCT 170
AUP T48E LGT 170
AUP T48E RCT 170
AUP T48E RGT 170
AUP V48S5 152
AUP VP3 169
AUP W60D4 154
AUP Y72DCL4 151
AUP Y72DCR4 151
AUP Y72DFL4 151
AUP Y72DFR4 151
AUPM C3660S5 160
AUPM C3672S5 160
AUPM C4242D5 157
AUPM C4242S5 157
AUPM C4260L5 161
AUPM C4260R5 160
AUPM C4260S5 160
AUPM C4272L5 161
AUPM C4272R5 160
AUPM C4272S5 160
AUPM C4848D5 157
AUPM C4848S5 157
AUPM C4860D5 160
AUPM C4860L5 161
AUPM C4860R5 160
AUPM C4860S5 160
AUPM C4872D5 160
AUPM C4872L5 161
AUPM C4872R5 160
AUPM C4872S5 160
AUPM C4884D5 160
AUPM C4884L5 161
AUPM C4884R5 160
AUPM C4884S5 160
AUPM C6036S5 158
AUPM C6042L5 158
AUPM C6042R5 159
AUPM C6042S5 158
AUPM C6048D5 158
AUPM C6048L5 158
AUPM C6048R5 159
AUPM C6048S5 158
AUPM C6060D5 157
AUPM C6060S5 157
AUPM C7236S5 158
AUPM C7242L5 158
AUPM C7242R5 159
AUPM C7242S5 158
AUPM C7248D5 158
AUPM C7248L5 158
AUPM C7248R5 159
AUPM C7248S5 158
AUPM C8448D5 158
Currents
174
pattern no. page
AUPM C8448L5 158
AUPM C8448R5 159
AUPM C8448S5 158
AUPM D594 162
AUPM D604 162
AUPM P4875S5 162
AUPM P7548S5 162
AUPM S30D4 155
AUPM S30S4 155
AUPM S36D4 155
AUPM S36S2 156
AUPM S36S4 155
AUPM S42D4 155
AUPM S42S2 156
AUPM S42S4 155
AUPM S48D4 155
AUPM S48S2 156
AUPM S48S4 155
AUPM S54D4 155
AUPM S54S4 155
AUPM S60D4 155
AUPM S60S2 156
AUPM S60S4 155
AUPM S66D4 155
AUPM S66S4 155
AUPM S72D4 155
AUPM S72S4 155
AUPM S84D4 155
AUPM S84S4 155
AUPM SCV 163
AUPM SGV 163
AUPTS 170
AW1 A60L 82
AW1 A60R 82
AW1 A72L 82
AW1 A72R 82
AW1 C3660 S 80
AW1 C3672 S 80
AW1 C3684 S 80
AW1 C4242 D 78
AW1 C4242 L 78
AW1 C4242 R 78
AW1 C4242 S 78
AW1 C4260 L 80
AW1 C4260 R 80
AW1 C4260 S 80
AW1 C4272 L 80
AW1 C4272 R 80
AW1 C4272 S 80
AW1 C4284 L 80
AW1 C4284 R 80
AW1 C4284 S 80
AW1 C4848 D 78
AW1 C4848 L 78
AW1 C4848 R 78
AW1 C4848 S 78
AW1 C4860 D 80
AW1 C4860 L 80
AW1 C4860 R 80
AW1 C4860 S 80
AW1 C4872 D 80
AW1 C4872 L 80
AW1 C4872 R 80
AW1 C4872 S 80
AW1 C4884 D 80
pattern no. page
AW1 C4884 L 80
AW1 C4884 R 80
AW1 C4884 S 80
AW1 C6036 S 79
AW1 C6042 L 79
AW1 C6042 R 79
AW1 C6042 S 79
AW1 C6048 D 79
AW1 C6048 L 79
AW1 C6048 R 79
AW1 C6048 S 79
AW1 C6060 D 78
AW1 C6060 L 78
AW1 C6060 R 78
AW1 C6060 S 78
AW1 C7236 S 79
AW1 C7242 L 79
AW1 C7242 R 79
AW1 C7242 S 79
AW1 C7248 D 79
AW1 C7248 L 79
AW1 C7248 R 79
AW1 C7248 S 79
AW1 C8436 S 79
AW1 C8442 L 79
AW1 C8442 R 79
AW1 C8442 S 79
AW1 C8448 D 79
AW1 C8448 L 79
AW1 C8448 R 79
AW1 C8448 S 79
AW1 CS3612 111
AW1 CS4812 111
AW1 CS6012 111
AW1 CS7212 111
AW1 F2424 77
AW1 F3024 77
AW1 F3624 77
AW1 F3630 77
AW1 F4224 77
AW1 F4824 77
AW1 F4830 77
AW1 F6024 77
AW1 F6030 77
AW1 F6624 77
AW1 F7224 77
AW1 F7230 77
AW1 F8424 77
AW1 F8430 77
AW1 P4875 S 81
AW1 P4887 S 81
AW1 P7548 S 81
AW1 P8748 S 81
AW1 R7236 82
AW1 S2424 77
AW1 S3024 77
AW1 S3624 77
AW1 S3630 77
AW1 S4224 77
AW1 S4824 77
AW1 S4830 77
AW1 S6024 77
AW1 S6030 77
AW1 S6624 77
AW1 S7224 77
pattern no. page
AW1 S7230 77
AW1 S8424 77
AW1 S8430 77
AWF1CR24L 94
AWF1CR24N 94
AWF1CR24R 94
AWM1 S36 88
AWM1 S42 88
AWM1 S48 88
AWM1 S60 88
AWM1 S66 88
AWM1 S72 88
AWM1 S78 88
AWM1 S84 88
AWM2 C3660 S 85
AWM2 C3672 S 85
AWM2 C4242 D 86
AWM2 C4242 L 86
AWM2 C4242 R 86
AWM2 C4242 S 86
AWM2 C4260 L 85
AWM2 C4260 R 85
AWM2 C4260 S 85
AWM2 C4272 L 85
AWM2 C4272 R 85
AWM2 C4272 S 85
AWM2 C4848 D 86
AWM2 C4848 L 86
AWM2 C4848 R 86
AWM2 C4848 S 86
AWM2 C4860 D 85
AWM2 C4860 L 85
AWM2 C4860 R 85
AWM2 C4860 S 85
AWM2 C4872 D 85
AWM2 C4872 L 85
AWM2 C4872 R 85
AWM2 C4872 S 85
AWM2 C4884 D 85
AWM2 C4884 L 85
AWM2 C4884 R 85
AWM2 C4884 S 85
AWM2 C6036 S 84
AWM2 C6042 L 84
AWM2 C6042 R 84
AWM2 C6042 S 84
AWM2 C6048 D 84
AWM2 C6048 L 84
AWM2 C6048 R 84
AWM2 C6048 S 84
AWM2 C6060 D 86
AWM2 C6060 L 86
AWM2 C6060 R 86
AWM2 C6060 S 86
AWM2 C7236 S 84
AWM2 C7242 L 84
AWM2 C7242 R 84
AWM2 C7242 S 84
AWM2 C7248 D 84
AWM2 C7248 L 84
AWM2 C7248 R 84
AWM2 C7248 S 84
AWM2 C8448 D 84
AWM2 C8448 L 84
AWM2 C8448 R 84
pattern no. page
AWM2 C8448 S 84
AWM2 F2424 83
AWM2 F3024 83
AWM2 F3030 83
AWM2 F3624 83
AWM2 F3630 83
AWM2 F4224 83
AWM2 F4230 83
AWM2 F4824 83
AWM2 F4830 83
AWM2 F5424 83
AWM2 F5430 83
AWM2 F6024 83
AWM2 F6030 83
AWM2 F6624 83
AWM2 F6630 83
AWM2 F7224 83
AWM2 F7230 83
AWM2 F7824 83
AWM2 F7830 83
AWM2 F8424 83
AWM2 F9024 83
AWM2 F9030 83
AWM2 F9624 83
AWM2 F9630 83
AWM2 P4875 S 87
AWM2 P4887 S 87
AWM2 P7548 S 87
AWM2 P8748 S 87
AX1 AK1 31
AX1 AK3 31
AX1 E40 39
AX1 E48 39
AX1 E53 39
AX1 E60 39
AX1 E65 39
AX1 EET39(T,R,L) 39
AX1 EET48(T,R,L) 39
AX1 EET64(T,R,L) 39
AX1 EGF11 39
AX1 EGF16 39
AX1 EGF24 39
AX1 EGF4 39
AX1 F18 30
AX1 F39 28
AX1 F48 28
AX1 F64 28
AX1 FF 15
AX1 FHLS4818 31
AX1 FWS 39 31
AX1 FWS 48 31
AX1 FWS 64 31
AX1 HLS4839 27
AX1 HLS6439 27
AX1 HLS6448 27
AX1 L18 29
AX1 L39 26
AX1 L48 26
AX1 L64 26
AX1 LEG 15
AX1 M3939 38
AX1 M4239 38
AX1 M4839 38
AX1 M4848 38
AX1 M5639 38
Currents
175
pattern no. page
AX1 M5648 38
AX1 M6439 38
AX1 M6448 38
AX1 M6464 38
AX1 M8039 38
AX1 M8048 38
AX1 M8064 38
AX1 R34239 40
AX1 R34939 40
AX1 R34948 40
AX1 R36439 40
AX1 R36448 40
AX1 R36464 40
AX1 R37939 40
AX1 R37948 40
AX1 R37964 40
AX1 S 27
AX1 STC39 3 27
AX1 STC39 L3 27
AX1 STC48 3 27
AX1 STC48 L3 27
AX1 STC64 3 27
AX1 STC64 L3 27
AX1 SWS39 27
AX1 SWS48 27
AX1 SWS64 27
AX1 T18 29
AX1 T39 26
AX1 T48 26
AX1 T64 26
AX1 V18 29
AX1 V39 26
AX1 V48 26
AX1 V64 26
AX1 X18 29
AX1 X39 26
AX1 X48 26
AX1 X64 26
AX1 Y18 29
AX1 Y39 26
AX1 Y48 26
AX1 Y64 26
AX1LES E00 36
AX1LES E02 36
AX1LES30 36
AX1LES39 36
AX1LES48 36
AX1LES64 36
AX1MES30 36
AX1MES39 36
AX1MES42 36
AX1MES48 36
AX1MES56 36
AX1MES64 36
AX1MES80 36
AX1SEC3939 34
AX1SEC4239 35
AX1SEC4339 C 34
AX1SEC4839 35
AX1SEC4848 34
AX1SEC5248 C 34
AX1SEC5639 35
AX1SEC5648 35
AX1SEC6439 35
AX1SEC6448 35
pattern no. page
AX1SEC6464 34
AX1SEC6864 C 34
AX1SEC8048 35
AX1SEC8064 35
AX1SECBT 34, 35
AX2 C3939 38
AX2 C4839 38
AX2 C4848 38
AX2 C6439 38
AX2 C6448 38
AX2 C6464 38
AX3E41 39
AX3E49 39
AX3E61 39
AX3E64 39
AY1 1224C 68
AY1 1224C A 70
AY1 1236C 68
AY1 1236C A 70
AY1 1248C 68
AY1 1248C A 70
AY1 1260C 68
AY1 1260C A 70
AY1 1618M 68
AY1 1618M A 70
AY1 1618S 69
AY1 1618S A 71
AY1 1624M 68
AY1 1624M A 70
AY1 1624S 69
AY1 1624S A 71
AY1 1630M 68
AY1 1630M A 70
AY1 1630S 69
AY1 1630S A 71
AY1 1636M 68
AY1 1636M A 70
AY1 1636S 69
AY1 1636S A 71
AY1 1642M 68
AY1 1642M A 70
AY1 1642S 69
AY1 1642S A 71
AY1 1648M 68
AY1 1648M A 70
AY1 1648S 69
AY1 1648S A 71
AY1 1660M 68
AY1 1660M A 70
AY1 1660S 69
AY1 1660S A 71
AY1 2124C 68
AY1 2124C A 70
AY1 2136C 68
AY1 2136C A 70
AY1 2148C 68
AY1 2148C A 70
AY1 2160C 68
AY1 2160C A 70
AY1 2518M 68
AY1 2518M A 70
AY1 2524M 68
AY1 2524M A 70
AY1 2530M 68
AY1 2530M A 70
pattern no. page
AY1 2536M 68
AY1 2536M A 70
AY1 2542M 68
AY1 2542M A 70
AY1 2548M 68
AY1 2548M A 70
AY1 2560M 68
AY1 2560M A 70
AY1 2824C 68
AY1 2836C 68
AY1 2848C 68
AY1 2860C 68
AY1 AXST16 76
AY1 AXT16 76
AY1 AXT25 76
AY1 AXT32 76
AY1 CE 73
AY1 CL12 75
AY1 CL21 75
AY1 CL28 75
AY1 CMK 75
AY1 CS 73
AY1 CT12 75
AY1 CT21 75
AY1 CT28 75
AY1 CX12 76
AY1 CX21 76
AY1 CX28 76
AY1 HLA 75
AY1 LL16 73
AY1 LL25 73
AY1 LL32 73
AY1 LP16 74
AY1 LP25 74
AY1 LP32 74
AY1 LT16 73
AY1 LT25 73
AY1 LT32 73
AY1 LX16 74
AY1 LX25 74
AY1 LX32 74
AY1 MMK 75
AY1 PC16 72
AY1 PC25 72
AY1 PC32 72
AY1 SCL16 75
AY1 SCT16 75
AY1 SCX16 76
AY1 SL16 73
AY1 SMK 75
AY1 SP16 74
AY1 SPC16 72
AY1 ST16 73
AY1 SX116 76
AY1 SX16 74
AY1 SX316 76
AY1 X112 76
AY1 X121 76
AY1 X128 76
AY1 X312 76
AY1 X321 76
AY1 X328 76
AZ1 0936H 143
AZ1 0942H 143
AZ1 0948H 143
pattern no. page
AZ1 0960H 143
AZ1 0972H 143
AZ1 1836F 144
AZ1 1842F 144
AZ1 1848F 144
AZ1 1860F 144
AZ1 1872F 144
AZ1 2736F 144
AZ1 2742F 144
AZ1 2748F 144
AZ1 2760F 144
AZ1 2772F 144
AZ1 CL18 145
AZ1 CL27 145
AZ1 CL36 145
AZ1 CS 145
AZ1 U0936T 145
AZ1 U0942T 145
AZ1 U0948T 145
AZ1 U0960T 145
MC1-39S1 58
MC1-48S1 58
MC1-64S1 58
MD6-BD 100
MD6-FS 100
MM2-CG 57, 164
MR3 ATT2 52
MR3 ATT3 52
MR3 PDCX 52
MZ1-B3015 166
MZ1-B3019 166
MZ1-B3022 166
MZ1-B3615 166
MZ1-B3619 166
MZ1-B3622 166
MZ1-B4215 166
MZ1-B4219 166
MZ1-B4222 166
MZ1-B4815 166
MZ1-B4819 166
MZ1-B4822 166
MZ1-B5415 166
MZ1-B5419 166
MZ1-B5422 166
MZ1-B6015 166
MZ1-B6019 166
MZ1-B6022 166
MZ1-B6615 166
MZ1-B6619 166
MZ1-B6622 166
MZ1-B7215 166
MZ1-B7219 166
MZ1-B7222 166
MZ1-B7815 166
MZ1-B7819 166
MZ1-B7822 166
MZ1-E2415-W/U 168
MZ1-E2419-W/U 168
MZ1-E2422-W/U 168
MZ1-E3015-W/U 168
MZ1-E3019-W/U 168
MZ1-E3022-W/U 168
MZ1-S2415-W/U 168
MZ1-S2419-W/U 168
MZ1-S2422-W/U 168
Currents
176
pattern no. page
MZ1-S3015-W/U 168
MZ1-S3019-W/U 168
MZ1-S3022-W/U 168
MZ1-V3615 167
MZ1-V3619 167
MZ1-V3622 167
MZ1-V4215 167
MZ1-V4219 167
MZ1-V4222 167
MZ1-V4815 167
MZ1-V4819 167
MZ1-V4822 167
MZ1-V6015 167
MZ1-V6019 167
MZ1-V6022 167
MZ1-V7215 167
MZ1-V7219 167
MZ1-V7222 167
R3B0P0F4207 41
R3B0P0F4907 41
R3B0P0F6407 41
R3B0P0F7907 41
R3B0P0H4207 41
R3B0P0H4907 41
R3B0P0H6407 41
R3B0P0H7907 41
R3B0T0F4207 41
R3B0T0F4907 41
R3B0T0F6407 41
R3B0T0F7907 41
R3B0T0H4207 41
R3B0T0H4907 41
R3B0T0H6407 41
R3B0T0H7907 41
RO1-GB 108
RO1-HP12 106, 107
RO1-HP15 106, 107
RO1-HP6 106, 107
RO1-HP9 106, 107
RO1-PULL 108
RO3-N24 105
RO3-N30 105
RO3-N36 105
RO3-N42 105
RO3-N48 105
RO3-N60 105
RO3-N66 105
RO3-N72 105
RO3-OM30 106
RO3-OM36 106
RO3-OM42 106
RO3-OM48 106
RO3-OM60 106
RO3-OM72 106
RO3-ON30 106
RO3-ON36 106
RO3-ON42 106
RO3-ON48 106
RO3-ON60 106
RO3-ON72 106
RO3-RD30 106
RO3-RD36 106
RO3-RD42 106
RO3-RD48 106
RO3-RD60 106
pattern no. page
RO3-RD72 106
RO3-VP 106
RS1 MPB 109
RS1-M24 107
RS1-M30 107
RS1-M36 107
RS1-M42 107
RS1-M48 107
RS1-M60 107
RS1-N24 107
RS1-N30 107
RS1-N36 107
RS1-N42 107
RS1-N48 107
RS1-N60 107
RS1-VP 107
RTAT5E19 110
RTAT5E25 110
RTAT5E37 110
RTAT5E49 110
RTAT5E61 110
Currents
177
This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions
of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada aremade only on the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms andconditions. This sale is expressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions mayapply to KnollStudio and KnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by anauthorized representative of Seller. These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence betweenPurchaser and Seller. Written quotations expire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during thatperiod. Where Purchaser and Seller have entered into the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and otherbusiness communications placed or transmitted in accordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signedand shall be valid for all purposes as if they were originated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days afterorder entry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, noother charges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is issued upon shipment. Incase of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion may be deductedand the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a one-third (1/3) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with the remainder due withinthirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax andcharges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) depositis due at time of order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due priorto shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment inadvance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be addedto the outstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’sfees and costs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes andCancellation
Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited deliveryprograms, may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States and Canada, excluding theYukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland. Packing is tested for rigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protectfurniture from conditions over which the Seller has no control. If special packaging is required for any reason, please consult with your salesrepresentative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. All shipments shall be tailgate deliveries. Freight for all KnollTextilesorders is prepaid and added to the invoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any specialservices in excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicleand extra, export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Claims All shipments for all Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. Risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of deliveryto carrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are,or should be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to make a claim against carrier or notify Seller during theten (10) working day period shall constitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. Seller will agree to repairor replace Product damaged in shipment if Purchaser has notified Seller of freight damage within ten (10) working days after receipt and assigns its rightsagainst the carrier.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, includingbut not limited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call CustomerService. All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Productsnot currently offered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition andin the original Seller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requestsa delay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when theorder is ready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, includingdemurrage, preparation for storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to theProduct shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.
Selling Policy
178
Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requestedmaterial to Seller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets anyrequirements of Underwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For adescription of the procedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have noresponsibility for the appearance, condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnifyand hold Seller harmless for any damages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship andmaterials, during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment,Seller shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends, Equity, Morrison, Reff laminate and other non-wood components (except cascadeedge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, special or custom products, see below)10 Years: AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table and Reff wood components, wood casegoods, Interaction tables (except height adjustment mechanisms forCounterforce, crank-adjustable, and split-top tables and worksurfaces, see below), Reuter overheads, Reuter vertical storage, Bulldog, Chadwick, EssentialsWork Chairs, Life, RPM and Sapper seating structural and operational parts, controls, casters, pneumatic cylinders, seat and back mesh (except seatingupholstery, finishes and labor, see below)5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical (except light ballasts and bulbs, see below), cascade edge worksurfaces, special or custom product, woodveneer products, A3, Currents handcrank, Interaction Counterforce, Interaction crank-adjustable, and split-top mechanisms, KnollStudio, KnollExtraadjustable keyboard supports, VDT carousel, monitor platform, equipment storage drawers and all universal storage drawers, Open Up, Visor and SoHoseating structural and operational parts, controls, pneumatic cylinders (except seating upholstery, finishes and labor, see below)3 Years: Upholstery, finishes and labor to repair the following chairs: Bulldog, Chadwick, Life, Open Up, Parachute, RPM, Sapper and SoHo.2 Years: All other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts and bulbs and Equity fiberglass panels, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, Visor finishes and labor to repair.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a certified dealer of Seller.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles (consult current KnollTextiles price list for applicable warranty).• Labor to repair or replace Essential Work Chairs affected part or parts.Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matchingof the colors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller,with respect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of anygovernmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond itsreasonable control. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocateavailable Product or cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against thePurchaser, and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunderconstitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only ifPurchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistancefor the defense of said claim, suit or proceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ABREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered intobetween the parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.
Selling Policy
179
KnollKey Lock Program
KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.
Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.
Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.
There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.
IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.
If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.
Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.
KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.
Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.
Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.
Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. KnollNow and random keyedproduct will have cores factory-installed.
How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.
Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.
Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.
5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station
Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5
Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix forthe number of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add thesuffix ‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.
Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List
5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C
3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C
2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C
Your Key instructions are complete.
Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom ProductDevelopment. For additions to existing installations, specify desiredkey numbers in the description.
Service PartsPattern # Description List Price
KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired
$5
KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $5
KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired
$18
KCHANGE Change Key $5
KMASTER* Master Key $5
*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.
180
General Ordering Information
The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.
SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius
PricingAll prices shown are list.
How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.
Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.
On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.
To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.
Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry
Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.
Sustainability Statement
Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.
For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’
181
top related